каталог 2024

Leaflet Dispensers and Brochure Holders
Poster Frames and Stands
Shelf Divider and Stock Pusher Systems
Shelf Edge Profiles | ESL Fixings
Price Labelling Systems
Shelf Barkers
Fixtures | Fittings
Pegwall
Product Display Stands
Marker Boards
Checkout Accessories
Surveillance Systems | Product Security
Tents | Parasols | Beachflags
Exhibition | Events
Gantry Systems for Event Technology
Showcases | Display Cases | Connectors
Barrier Posts and Cords
Name Badges
Guidance Systems | Safety
Illuminated Advertising | LED
Promotional Items
Promotional Clothing
Tools | Workstation Accessories
Electronic Sales Promotion | Digital Signage
Outdoor Signage | Digital Printing
Electronic Price Labelling with troniTAG

Централа в град Иселбург, Германия ВКФ Ренцел България Продакшън ЕООД Бул. „Свети Климент Охридски“ 125 София- 1756 + 359 (2) 903 75 41 + 359 (2) 903 75 42 + 359 (2) 903 75 43 + 359 (2) 903 75 44 + 359 (2) 903 75 46 info@vkf-renzel.bg www.vkf-renzel.bg Преработка на акрилно стъкло Преработка на алуминий / Асемблиране Печатница / РМЦ / Машиностроене Преработка на ПВЦ-материали и фолиа Логистичен център Търговска зала / Изложения и събития Автоматичен лифтов склад Администрация Склад Преработка на профили

GLOBAL NETWORK ✓ ✓ ✓ represented in 26 countries ✓ ✓ ✓ 870 staff ✓ ✓ ✓ over 35 years experience The VKF Group includes production sites, daughter companies and partners reaching from the USA across Europe to China. VKF Renzel GmbH www.vkf-renzel.de info@vkf-renzel.de VKF Renzel GmbH VKF Renzel Netherlands VKF Renzel United Kingdom www.vkf-renzel-erfurt.de verkauf@vkf-renzel-erfurt.de www.vkf-renzel.nl info@vkf-renzel.nl www.vkf-renzel.co.uk sales@vkf-renzel.co.uk VKF Renzel Poland www.vkf-renzel.pl info@vkf-renzel.pl VKF Renzel Austria www.vkf-renzel.at info@vkf-renzel.at VKF Renzel Turkey VKF Renzel USA www.vkf-renzel.com.tr www.renzelusa.com pazarlama@vkf-renzel.com.tr sales@renzelusa.com VKF Renzel Slovenia www.vkf-renzel.si info@vkf-renzel.si VKF Renzel Russia www.vkf-renzel.ru vkf@vkf-renzel.ru VKF Renzel Greece www.vkf-renzel.gr info@vkf-renzel.gr VKF Renzel Hungary www.vkf-renzel.hu info@vkf-renzel.hu VKF Renzel Bulgaria www.vkf-renzel.bg info@vkf-renzel.bg VKF Renzel Czech Republic www.vkf-renzel.cz info@vkf-renzel.cz VKF Renzel China www.vkf-china.cn info@vkf-china.cn VKF Renzel Italy www.vkf-renzel.it info@vkf-renzel.it VKF Renzel France www.vkf-renzel.fr adv@vkf-renzel.fr VKF Renzel Ukraine www.vkf-renzel.com.ua info@vkf-renzel.com.ua VKF Renzel Baltic States www.vkf-renzel.com rup@vkf-renzel.com VKF Renzel Denmark www.vkf-renzel.dk info@vkf-renzel.dk VKF Renzel North Macedonia www.vkf-renzel.mk info@vkf-renzel.mk VKF Renzel Romania www.vkf-renzel.ro vanzari@vkf-renzel.ro VKF Renzel Cyprus www.vkf-renzel.gr info@vkf-renzel.gr VKF Renzel Serbia www.vkf-renzel.rs info@vkf-renzel.rs PDS PETER HANDELS AG www.pds.ag info@pds.ag LUIS & CASTRO, LDA. www.vkf-renzel.pt geral@luiscastrolda.com Misue Soluciones Globales, S.L. www.vkf-renzel.es info@misue.es OÜ Nordic Plast www.nordicplast.ee info@nordicplast.ee Nitton 93 Inredningar AB Nitton 93 Innredninger AS www.nitton93.se www.nitton93.no vkf-renzel@nitton93.se vkf-renzel@nitton93.se

From left to right: Ansgar Hügging, Heinz Renzel, Joachim Ostendorf Dear Customer, You are holding the 33rd edition of the VKF Renzel main catalogue in your hand. As mentioned in the last edition, this medium is shifting more and more in an online direction through our national and international web shops and digital catalogues accordingly. However there is always a demand, even in small quantities, for this work of reference. Therefore we reached the decision to create a new printed version from FSC certified material. Differently though from in previous years, we are only sending the catalogue on request to be more efficient and environmentally friendly. As usual you will find the whole range online at www.vkf-renzel.com. This year we’d particularly like to highlight the new “Zello” products which, by market demand, are based on environmentally friendly materials such as display carton. Details can be found at vkf.re/zello Automation is becoming more and more used in retail. The VKF Group has been working with this for years already and offers, among other things, vending machines and solutions for collection stations through its “Kioske” business. These products achieve additional sales opportunities during times when no staff are available. Thus, under the banner of Sales Promotion, we remain true to our motto and continue to develop products which promote sales of your goods. Enjoy flicking through and we wish you continued sales success! The Directors of VKF Renzel Management: Simon Papas

SUSTAINABILITY Discussions about sustainability bring with them uncertainty but also a rethinking. As we process plastics among other things, we have thought about how to move forward with this. We have already been working with alternative materials for a long time. As far back as 2011 we were the first manufacturer of shelf edge strips made from PLA. Although demand was still low we persevered with the topic of natural material based plastics and developed it further. Alongside renewable raw materials, recycled materials became an important component. Recyclates consist of scrap which is conditioned and reused as raw material for a new process. The scrap comes from very different sources. In part it is products such as shelf edge strips which are shredded, regranulated and then used to make new profiles or baskets. Another part is from post consumer waste which we acquire from certificated recycling companies. Products made in this way are themselves then recyclable again thereby closing the cycle. renzel NATURE renzel NATURE e d d e d , ... s h r s i r a p S c o u n d d o w n ... r g ... a n d e w o r r k e d . Further information on the sustainability including our CO² footprint can be found here VKF Renzel GmbH Co2 Emissions according to GHG Protocol 100% -16,7% -45% -65% GOAL 0% 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE Sustainable plastics / natural material based plastics / paper / wood Vegan Fire retardant Consists of waste plastic or scrap which has been recycled Helps to reduce packaging in retail Waterproof Customisable Lockable LED LED LED lighting

6 COMPANY OVERVIEW Product Development and Design The problem-solving begins with your request. The first phase of product development is generating ideas, when concept suggestions are gathered. Then follows the technical planning in CAD systems allowing for your specifications and observing technical, economic and ecological aspects. The virtual data models form the basis for all subsequent working proceses suchas visualisation, technical drawings, prototypes, tool and mould making. The development of new products is just as achievable as the redevelopment of existing ones. renzel NATURE Plastics Processing We convert plastics in to displays for different purposes. These plastics include acrylic (PMMA), ABS, polystyrene (PS), PVC, polycarbonate (PC) and PET as well as sustainable plastics which are made from renewable raw materials. More and more industries are using recycled materials, particularly plastics waste, which closes the material life cycle and preserves resources. We use the following processes with plastics: extrusion, injection moulding, thermoforming and high frequency welding. Metal Processing In metal processing we use semi-finished parts in aluminium, steel and stainless steel. These are worked on in the different production areas to create a finished product. Finishing techniques such as lasering, stamping, chamfering, forming, nibbling, welding, sawing and pressing are used. The surfaces of the finished products are refined with processes such as powder coating, galvanising, chrome plating or anodising. renzel NATURE Wood Processing In contrast to plastics is the naturally occuring raw material wood. To be able to offer alternative materials we also process wood. Displays in wood give modern POS a high quality, natural appearance. In combination with other materials such as metal or acrylic, displays are created which have that certain something. As well as sawing and planing we work with CNC routers.

COMPANY OVERVIEW 7 Tool Production So that the various plastic processing methods can be used, we make the required tools ourselves, e.g. punches for PVC processing, extrusion tools for extruded products, vacuum forms and injection moulding tools. The files for creating these tools are defined using models from product development. With the help of tool production, third party tools can be adapted to and used with our machines. Printing Nearly all products can be customised with varying processes. To realise all customer requirements screen, digital, transfer, pad and offset printing are used. Additionally there is the option to finish products with engraving, etching or embroidery. Assembly and Logistics In the logistics department storage, management, picking and packing take place across an area of 6000 m². A range of services such as assembly, distribution and storage are offered to allow customer-friendly despatch. Fully automated and paper-free picking promotes sustainability and in addition offers shorter picking times which in turn ensure a quick despatch of products. Shipping is via freight forwarder or courier. Services: renzel.agentur The in-house advertising agency renzel.agentur supports you in presenting your company. The services run from the creation of a corporate design through headed paper to classic printed media for your company. Furthermore, up to date websites, complex online shops, permanent maintenance of websites and hosting of the websites are taken over. renzel.agentur allows VKF Renzel GmbH to offer customer specific order platforms which round off the fulfilment range of the company. The range of services of renzel.agentur is completed with the development of extensive cross-media campaigns.

Printing available on request. Tabletop and Wall-Mountable Leaflet Holders Leaflet Dispenser "Apollo" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm Size: A4; Version: without connection option 67.0002.3 Size: A5; Version: with interconnecting possibility 67.0002.5 Size: 1/3 A4; Version: without connection option 67.0002.9 1. From left to right: 67.0002.9, 67.0002.5, 67.0002.3. 1 Hanger for Slatwall System - suitable for: Leaflet Stand "Apollo", "Perfect" and acrylic pockets with slits Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear 65.0030.1 Accessory for Leaflet Dispenser "Apollo" + "Perfect" - hanger for wire mesh - suitable for wire thicknesses up to 6 mm Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Capacity of clamp: approx. 6mm 53.0100.1

Single Pocket Leaflet Holder "Perfect" - rounded shape prevents leaflets falling forward Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0003.1 Size: A5; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0003.2 Size: 1/3 A4; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0003.3 1. From left to right: 67.0003.1, 67.0003.2, 67.0003.3. Wall-Mounted Single Pocket Leaflet Holder "Perfect" - rounded shape prevents leaflets falling forward Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0003.4 Size: A5; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0003.5 Size: 1/3 A4; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0003.6 1. From left to right: 67.0003.4, 67.0003.6, 67.0003.5. Brochure Stand "Color" Material: polystyrene; Colours: black, white, blue, red, yellow, green or clear Size: A4 portrait; Depth: 40 mm 67.0008. Size: A5 portrait; Depth: 45 mm 67.0104. Size: 1/3 A4 portrait; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0105. Please specify colour when ordering. 1. From left to right: 67.0008., 67.0104., 67.0105. Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 13 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 1 1 1

14 Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Dispenser "Color" Material: polystyrene; Colour: neon green, neon red, neon blue, black or clear Size: A4 portrait; Depth: 32 mm 67.0009. Size: A5 portrait; Depth: 34 mm 67.0107. Size: 1/3 A4 portrait; Depth: 34 mm 67.0108. Please specify colour when ordering. 1. From left to right: 67.0108., 67.0107., 67.0009. 1 Other colours and models are available on request. "Universum" Leaflet & Brochure Dispenser - with 2 keyholes - incl. adapter for standing Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm Size: A4 67.0007.1 Size: A5 67.0007.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0007.3 Size: A6 67.0007.6 1. From left to right: 67.0007.3, 67.0007.2, 67.0007.1. 1 Polycarbonate Wall Profile - with holes for fixing Material: polycarbonate; Length: 460 mm 67.0159.1 Hanging Clip - for polycarbonate wall-mounted profile - 2 pieces required per leaflet dispenser Colour: transparent 67.0053.2 Use divider 67.0052.1 for 2x 1/3 A4. 1. Example for 16x A4. 1

Leaflet Dispensers for the Tabletop Single Tabletop Dispenser "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm Size: A4 67.0005.1 Size: A5 67.0005.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0005.3 1. From left to right: 67.0005.1, 67.0005.2, 67.0005.3. Desktop Leaflet Dispenser "Prospekta" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0001.1 Size: A5; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0001.2 Size: A6; Fill depth: 36 mm 67.0001.3 Size: 1/3 A4; Fill depth: 40 mm 67.0001.4 1. From left to right: 67.0001.1, 67.0001.4, 67.0001.3. Leaflet Dispenser "Delta" - with large fill depth Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Width (inside): 225 mm; Fill depth: 65 mm 67.0083.1 Size: A5; Width (inside): 156 mm; Fill depth: 57 mm 67.0083.3 Size: 1/3 A4; Width (inside): 105 mm; Fill depth: 57 mm 67.0083.5 1. From left to right: 67.0083.1, 67.0083.3, 67.0083.5. Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 15 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 1 1 1 The leaflet dispensers can be printed with your logo.

16 Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Single Pocket Leaflet Dispenser "Flexxible" - incl. 4 stainless steel holders (mounted) Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 42 mm Size: A4 60.0673.1 Size: A5 60.0673.2 Size: 1/3 A4 60.0673.3 Special sizes available for 30+ pieces. 1. From left to right: 60.0673.3, 60.0673.2, 60.0673.1. Leaflet Dispenser "Insert" - insert option at back - combination of L-display and leaflet dispenser Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 35 mm Size: A4 60.0676.1 Size: A5 60.0676.2 Size: A6 60.0676.3 Size: 1/3 A4 60.0676.4 1. From left to right: 60.0676.3, 60.0676.4, 60.0676.1. Leaflet Stand "Mosel" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A7; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm 60.0670.3 1 1 Special sizes available for 30+ pieces.

Brochure Stand "Nerine" - made entirely from plywood - simple to assemble - natural look Material: birch plywood; Material thickness: 3 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm Size: A4 66.0019.16 Size: A5 66.0019.17 Size: 1/3 A4 66.0019.18 Given dimensions don't suit your leaflet? Ask us. Bespoke sizes available for 30+ pieces. 1. Branding available! renzel NATURE 1

18 Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Single Tabletop Brochure Holder "Universum" A4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0005.4 Single Tabletop Brochure Holder "Universum" A5 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A5; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0122.2 Single Tabletop Brochure Holder "Universum" 1/3 A4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0005.5 Leaflet Dispenser "Fulda" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 30 mm Size: A6 60.0670.1 Size: A7 60.0670.2 1. From left to right: 60.0670.2, 60.00670.1. 1 Special sizes available on request.

Leaflet Dispensers for the Wall Single Wall-Mounted Dispenser "Universum" A6 - with 2 keyholes - incl. adapter for standing Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A6; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0007.5 Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 19 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Flexxible" - with 2 stainless steel brackets (mounted) - 2 holes for wall mounting Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Fill depth: 35 mm Size: A3; Orientation: portrait 60.0671.5 Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0671.6 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0671.7 Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0671.8 Size: A3; Orientation: landscape 60.0671.1 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0671.2 Size: A5; Orientation: landscape 60.0671.3 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape 60.0671.4 Special sizes available for 30+ pieces.

Wall-Mounted Leaflet Holder "Danube" - with 2 keyholes Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 35 mm Size: A4 67.0017.1 Size: A5 67.0017.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0017.3 1. From left to right: 67.0017.3, 67.0017.2, 67.0017.1. Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Elbe" - with 2 keyholes - with large fill depth Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 64 mm Size: A4 67.0017.4 Size: A5 67.0017.5 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0017.6 1. From left to right: 67.0017,6, 67.0017.5, 67.0017.4. With deeper capacity. 1 1

Single Leaflet Holders for Tabletop and Wall 21 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Neckar" - with 2 recessed holes Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Width (inside): 310 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm 60.0675.1 1 Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Inn" - with 2 recessed holes Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Fill depth: 46 mm 60.0678.1 Size: A5; Fill depth: 40 mm 60.0678.2 Size: A6; Fill depth: 40 mm 60.0678.5 1. From left to right: 60.0678.1, 60.0678.2. Other sizes possible for 30+ pieces. Single Wall-Mounted Dispenser "Universum" A4 - with 2 keyholes Single Wall-Mounted Dispenser "Universum" A5 - with 2 holes Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0007.4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A5; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0121.2

22 Hanging Leaflet Dispensers for Outdoor Use 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Dispenser "Nile" - water repellent brochure dispenser - automatic and secure closure of cover flap with elastic hinge profile Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 50 mm Size: A4 60.0679.1 Size: A5 60.0679.2 Size: 1/3 A4 60.0679.3 Leaflet Dispenser "Nil" with Hanging Hooks - water repellent brochure dispenser - automatic and secure closure of cover flap with elastic hinge profile Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 50 mm Size: A4 60.0679.4 Size: A5 60.0679.5 Size: 1/3 A4 60.0679.6

Hanging Leaflet Dispensers for Outdoor Use 23 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 2 1 Water Repellent Leaflet Dispenser "Maxi" - incl. fixings: 2 screws, 2 cable ties and 2 adhesive pads - with cover flap Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Fill depth: 17 mm Size: A4 portrait; Width (inside): 230 mm; Height (inside): 300 mm 67.0021.1 Width (inside): 143 mm; Height (inside): 210 mm 67.0021.2 Water Repellent Poster Holder "Maxi" - incl. fixings: 2 screws, 2 cable ties and 2 adhesive pads Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 2 mm 67.0022.1 1. From left to right: 67.0021.1, 67.0021.2, 67.0022.1. 2. Accessories for 67.0021.1 and 67.0021.2.

Printing available on request. Tabletop and Wall-Mountable Leaflet Holders 2 Tier Tabletop Stand "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0030.14 Size: A5; Fill depth: 44 mm 67.0030.3 1. A4. 2. A5 3 Tier Tabletop Stand "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm Size: A4 67.0030.1 Size: A5 67.0030.4 1. A4. 2. A5 2 2 1 1

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 25 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 4 Tier Tabletop Stand "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm Size: A4 67.0030.2 Size: A5 67.0030.5 1. A4. 2. A5 1 2 2 Tier Tabletop Leaflet Holder "Universum" 1/3 A4 2 Tier Tabletop Leaflet Holder "Universum" 1/3 A4 4 Tier Leaflet Dispenser "Universum" 1/3 A4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 44 mm 67.0030.6 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0030.7 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0030.8 4 Tier 1/3 A4 Leaflet Dispenser "Universum" - for wall mounting - with adapter for standing Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: inner width: 104 mm (1/3 A4); Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0030.9

26 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Multiple Leaflet Dispenser "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Fill depth: 30 mm Without dividers; Size: A4 landscape; Orientation: landscape 67.0030.10 With 8 dividers; Size: can be used with divider for A4, A5 and 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait / landscape 67.0030.11 The 8 dividers can be inserted and removed again to suit. Different combinations of A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 are possible. 1. Without divider 2. With divider 1 2 Divider "Universum" - suitable for multi-section stands "Universum": 67.0026.1, 67.0030.1, 67.0030.2, 67.0030.10, 67.0030.11, 67.0030.14 and single stand 67.0007.1 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear 67.0052.1 Tabletop Stand "Color" 3 Tier Leaflet Dispenser A4 Material: polystyrene; Width (inner): 225 mm; Total height: 320 mm; Depth: 155 mm; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0157. 4 Tier A5 Leaflet Dispenser Material: polystyrene; Width (inner): 160 mm; Total height: 250 mm; Depth: 155 mm; Fill depth: 25 mm 67.0156. 4 Tier Leaflet Dispenser 1/3 A4 Material: polystyrene; Width (inner): 110 mm; Total height: 250 mm; Depth: 155 mm; Fill depth: 25 mm 67.0155. Please specify colour when ordering. 1. from left to right: 67.0157., 67.0156., 67.0155. 1

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 27 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Double Leaflet Dispenser "Spree"A5 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0033.1 Triple Leaflet Dispenser "Spree", 1/3 A4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0033.2 Double Leaflet Dispenser "Spree" A6 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A6; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0122.1 Double Leaflet Dispenser "Spree" A6 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A6; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0121.1

28 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Dispensers for the Tabletop Double Leaflet Dispenser "Spree" A5 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0032.1 Triple Leaflet Dispenser "Spree" 1/3 A4 Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm 67.0032.2 6 Tier Leaflet Holder "Vicia" - can be connected side by side Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 23 mm; Number of dispensers: 6 67.0110.1 1. Example: 2 tabletop stands connected at the side. Special colours available on orders over 500 pieces. 1 Divider for 6 Tier Leaflet Holder "Vicia" - suitable for further subdivision Material: LDPE; Colour: natural 96.0021.1

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 29 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 3 Tier Tabletop Dispenser "Vicia" - can be connected side by side Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 23 mm; Number of dispensers: 3 67.0110.7 1. Example: 2 tabletop stands connected at the side. 2 Tier Leaflet Dispenser "Vicia" - can be connected side by side Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 68 mm; Number of dispensers: 2 67.0110.2 1. Example: 2 tabletop stands connected at the side. Special colours available on orders over 500 pieces. Leaflet Dispenser "Canina" for 4 x 1/3 A4 Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Size: 1/3 A4; Width: 320 mm; Height: 418 mm; Depth: 120 mm; Fill depth: 24 mm 60.0741.1 1 1

30 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Tabletop Dispenser / Tray - ideal for counters and tables - angled position due to 2 feet Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Fill height: 55 mm; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0001.1 Catalogue Dispenser • ideal for: - travel agencies - trade fairs - sales counters Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Fill height: 250 mm 60.0002.1 Tabletop Leaflet Display Stand "Size" - for 5 leaflets in A4 portrait format - or 10 leaflets in 1/3 A4 portrait format using dividers - custom lettering can be added to the lower part of the stand Tabletop Leaflet Stand "Size NG" - for 3 leaflets in A4 portrait format - or 6 leaflets in 1/3 A4 portrait format usng dividers - custom lettering can be added on the lower part of the stand Material: steel; Colour: aluminium silver; Width: 320 mm; Height: 380 mm; Depth: 240 mm; Fill depth: 28 mm; Features: with 5 dividers 54.0004.2 Material: steel; Colour: aluminium silver; Width: 320 mm; Height: 320 mm; Depth: 240 mm; Fill depth: 28 mm; Features: with 3 shelf dividers 54.0004.1 Printing available on request.

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 31 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Advertise in the blink of an eye! Countertop Rotating Stands Tabletop Leaflet Stand "Carousel" 3 sections - rotating - delivered unassembled Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Number of dispensers: 3 Size: A4 67.0158.3 Size: A5 67.0158.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0158.1 1. From left to right: 67.0158.3, 67.0158.2, 67.0158.1. 1

32 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Tabletop Leaflet Stand "Carousel" 4 sections - rotating - delivered unassembled Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Number of dispensers: 4 Size: A4 67.0158.6 Size: A5 67.0158.5 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0158.4 1 1. From left to right: 67.0158.6, 67.0158.5, 67.0158.4. Tabletop Leaflet Display "Dreha A4" Material: steel / plastic; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Diameter: 500 mm; Total height: 740 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 8; Features: rotating 54.0146.1 Versions with A4 and A5 leaflet holders can be found in our online shop.

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 33 Display System "Multi" - create your display yourself! 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 57.0234.2 57.0234.2 57.0235.4 57.0235.4 57.0233.5 57.0233.5 Counter Frame for Display System "Multi" - rotating Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 255 mm; Total height (assembled): 625 mm; Base diameter: 255 mm; Features: with header board attachment for 3.5 mm thick sign; Equipment 2: incl. fixings Shape: 2-sided 57.0233.4 Shape: 3-sided 57.0233.5 Shape: 4-sided 57.0233.6 Card Ladder for Display System "Multi" Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait; Width: 245 mm; Height: 525 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm Number of dispensers: 2; Size: A4 57.0235.4 Number of dispensers: 3; Size: A5 57.0235.5 Number of dispensers: 8; Size: A6 / 1/3 A4 57.0235.6 Pegwall Component for Display System "Multi" Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 245 mm; Height: 525 mm; Hole pattern: eurohole; Application: for counter display 57.0234.2 The corresponding floorstanding bases for display system "Multi" can be found on page 79. Card ladders available in A4, A5 and A6 formats. Special designs from 20 pieces and header boards possible on request!

34 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 Leaflet Dispensers for the Wall s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 3 Tier Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Lahn" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 33 mm 67.0026.1 Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Main" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 28 mm 67.0037.2 3 Tier Wall-Mounted Brochure Holder "Multi" - can be extended as required (simply hook in) - can also be used as a single hanger Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0027.1 4 Section Leaflet Holder "Multi" - can be extended as required (simply hook in) - can also be used as a single hanger Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 30 mm 67.0027.3 With divider for 2x A5 portrait format.

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 35 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Info-Module System Material: polystyrene / metal; Colour: crystal clear / white; Number of dispensers: 8; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 235 mm; Height: 1100 mm; Depth: 130 mm; Fill depth: 25 mm; Features: incl. self-adhesive "Information" label 57.0049.1 The advantages at a glance: - Overview of leaflet selection in a small area - The main section (metal, coated white) is fitted with a hanging attachment - The clear leaflet holders can be attached as required - The opening on the top edge facilitates the removal of leaflets - When using more than one holder the Info-Module System can create a complete information wall Individual parts cane be found in our online shop at www.vkf-renzel.com Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Avena" Material: polystyrene; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 18 mm Colour: anthracite; Size: A4 67.0120.1 Colour: light grey; Size: A4 67.0120.2 Colour: aluminium; Size: A4 67.0120.7 Colour: anthracite; Size: A5 67.0120.3 Colour: light grey; Size: A5 67.0120.4 Colour: aluminium; Size: A5 67.0120.8 Colour: anthracite; Size: 1/3 A4 67.0120.5 Colour: light grey; Size: 1/3 A4 67.0120.6 Colour: aluminium; Size: 1/3 A4 67.0120.9

36 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet & Magazine Rack "Fidel" - made of high quality stainless steel - can be used with all common brochure formats: A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 - brochures are held by acrylic panels - the transparent advertising space offers room for customised lettering - "Info" sticker is included Width: 300 mm; Height: 1400 mm; Depth: 110 mm; Fill depth: 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 7 54.0002.2

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 37 1 renzel NATURE s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Midras W" Material: beech wood / PET-G; Surface: coated; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 265 mm; Height: 966mm; Depth: 75 mm; Dispenser width: 235 mm; Fill depth: approx. 25 mm; Number of dispensers: 5 54.0167.2 Wall-Mounted Brochure Holder "Filio II" Material: round tubing / wire; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 275 mm; Height: 900 mm; Depth: 120 mm; Fill depth: 32 mm; Promotional header board: 180 x 90 mm (W x H) Lettering "INFO" included in delivery. 54.0002.8

38 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Tundra" Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Size: A4 Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm; Width: 230 mm; Height: 1110 mm; Number of dispensers: 6 57.0045.1 Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm; Width: 230 mm; Height: 1110 mm; Number of dispensers: 6 57.0045.2 Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 20 mm; Width: 325 mm; Height: 670 mm; Number of dispensers: 10 57.0045.3 Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: landscape; Fill depth: 20 mm; Width: 325 mm; Height: 670 mm; Number of dispensers: 10 57.0045.4 Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Latina NG" Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 220 mm; Height: 570 mm; Depth: 120 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 3 57.0204.4

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 39 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Parma NG" Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Asti NG" Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Modena NG" Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 225 mm; Height: approx. 1135 mm; Depth: 110 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 7 57.0204.1 Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Width: approx. 165 mm; Height: 1075 mm; Depth: 95 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 7 57.0204.2 Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 130 mm; Height: 1070 mm; Depth: 95 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 7 57.0204.3

40 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Brochure Holder "Style I" - with 3 A4 brochure holders - the back is fixed to the wall by means of stainless steel holders Material: steel; Colour: silver; Width: 290 mm; Height: 1020 mm; Depth: 65 mm; Fill depth: 33 mm 54.0003.1 Wall-Mounted Brochure Holder "Style II" - with 4x 1/3 A4 brochure holders - the back is fixed to the wall by means of stainless steel holders Material: steel; Colour: silver; Width: 180 mm; Height: 1020 mm; Depth: 65 mm; Fill depth: 33 mm 54.0003.2 Wall-Mounted Leaflet Holder "Varia" - for use with all the common brochure formats: A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 - the brochures are held at the front by acrylic panels - metal rack is silver-coloured and labelling can be applied in the lower area Material: steel / acrylic; Colour: aluminium silver; Width: 310 mm; Height: 1020 mm; Depth: 100 mm; Fill depth: 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0002.1

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 41 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Dispenser "Slab" - consisting of a metal pegwall - incl. 18x 1/3 A4 and 9x A4 holders - different configurations possible Colour: alu-silver / chrome; Width: 750 mm; Height: 1000 mm; Fill depth: 33 mm; Weight: approx. 7 kg 54.0106.1 Accessorise with A5 wire baskets on page 67 (54.0017.2). 1. Delivery includes 1 back panel (left), 9 A4 dispensers (centre) and 18 1/3 A4 dispensers (right). 1  Wall-Mounted Leaflet Holder "Deluxe"A4 - for A4 leaflets in portrait format - incl. screws and rawlplugs Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Width: 762 mm; Fill depth: 48 mm Height: 640 mm 67.0039.3 Height: 937 mm 67.0039.2 Height: 1245 mm 67.0039.1 1. For 12 A4 leaflets (67.0039.1). 2. For 9 A4 leaflets (67.0039.2). 3. For 6 A4 leaflets (67.0039.3). 3 2 1

42 Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wall-Mounted Leaflet Holder "Deluxe" A4 & 1/3 A4 - for A4 brochures and 1/3 A4 brochures - incl. screws and rawlplugs Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 48 mm Width: 770 mm; Height: 580 mm 67.0039.8 Width: 762 mm; Height: 883 mm 67.0039.9 Width: 762 mm; Height: 1143 mm 67.0039.6 1. For 6 A4 leaflets and 12 1/3 A4 leaflets (67.0039.6). 2. For 6 A4 leaflets and 6 1/3 A4 leaflets (67.0039.9). 3. For 3 A4 leaflets and 6 1/3 A4 leaflets (67.0039.8).  1 2 3 Wall-Mounted Leaflet Holder "Deluxe" 1/3 A4 - for 1/3 A4 leaflets in portrait format - incl. screws and rawlplugs Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Width: 762 mm; Fill depth: 48 mm Height: 1042 mm 67.0039.4 Height: 518 mm 67.0039.5 1. For 24 1/3 A4 leaflets (67.0039.4). 2. For 12 1/3 A4 leaflets (67.0039.5). 1 2

Multiple Leaflet Dispensers for Tabletop and Wall 43 Wall-Mounted Card Holder 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Postcard Rack "Duo" Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A6; Orientation: landscape; Width: 320 mm; Height: 1000 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 18 57.0015.3

44 Business Card Holders 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 57.0054.1 57.0054.1 66.0019.27 66.0019.27 67.0056.1 67.0056.1 67.0057.1 67.0057.1 Single Section Business Card Holders Business Card Holder "Clip" - for hanging in various leaflet dispensers - suitable for material thicknesses up to max. 3 mm Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 95 mm; Fill depth: 19 mm 67.0149.1 Business Card Box Material: polypropylene; Colour: transparent Width (outer): 99 mm; Height (outer): 12 mm; Depth (outer): 68 mm; Width (inside): 96 mm; Height (inside): 9 mm; Depth (inside): 62 mm 97.0109.1 Width (outer): 107 mm; Height (outer): 13 mm; Depth (outer): 76 mm; Width (inside): 103 mm; Height (inside): 10 mm; Depth (inside): 69 mm 97.0109.3

Business Card Holders 45 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Business Card Holder "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear Orientation: portrait; Width (inside): 56 mm; Fill depth: 19 mm; Version: freestanding version 67.0056.3 Orientation: landscape; Width (inside): 93 mm; Fill depth: 17 mm; Version: freestanding version 67.0056.1 Orientation: landscape; Width (inside): 93 mm; Fill depth: 17 mm; Version: hanging version, without adhesive 67.0056.2 1 Orientation: landscape; Width (inside): 93 mm; Fill depth: 17 mm; Version: hanging version, self-adhesive 67.0056.4 1. from left to right: 67.0056.3, 67.0056.1, 67.0056.2, 67.0056.4. renzel NATURE Metal Business Card Holder Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 80 mm; Height: 50 mm; Depth: 65 mm; Fill depth: approx. 32 mm 57.0054.1 Business Card Holder "Nerine" - produced from renewable raw materials - flat space saving shipping Material: birch plywood; Material thickness: 3 mm; Width (inside): 93 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm 66.0019.27

46 Business Card Holders 1 Multi-Section Business Card Holders s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 8 Section Business Card Dispenser "Universum" - dimensions: 197 x 92 x 96 mm (W x H x D) Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 93 mm; Total height: 50 mm; Fill depth: 17 mm 67.0057.2 4 Tier Business Card Holder "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 90 mm; Total height: 50 mm; Fill depth: 17 mm 67.0057.1 Business Card Holder "Universum" for Outdoor Use Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 96 mm; Total width: 103 mm; Height (inside): 60 mm; Fill depth: 25 mm; Version: standard 67.0151.1

Business Card Holders 47 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 4 Section Display "Olea" - ideal for gift cards, vouchers and business cards - lettering can be applied above the holders Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 + 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 93 mm; Width (outer): 224 mm; Height: 190 mm; Fill depth: 10 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 60.0788.1 Special sizes available for 30+ pieces. Business Card Holder "Olea", 20 section - ideal for trade fairs and in showrooms Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 + 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Total width: 590 mm; Dispenser width: 93 mm; Height: 400 mm; Fill depth: 11 mm; Number of dispensers: 20 60.0753.1 Lettering available according to your specifications.

Leaflet Holders for Shelving - to hang Leaflet Dispenser - for shelves - available with or without advertising space Surface: powder coated; Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 50 mm; Application: to hang on shelves Material: wire Promotional panel: without; Size: A4 57.0055.1 Promotional panel: without; Size: A5 57.0055.3 Promotional panel: without; Size: 1/3 A4 57.0055.4 Material: sheet metal / wire Promotional panel: 70 x 50 mm (W x H); Size: A4 57.0055.6 Promotional panel: 70 x 50 mm (W x H); Size: A5 57.0055.8 Promotional panel: 70 x 50 mm (W x H); Size: 1/3 A4 57.0055.9 Leaflet Dispenser "Issel" - for shelves Material: wire; Colour: black; Wire thickness: 3 mm; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 33 mm Size: A4 67.0059.1 Size: A5 67.0059.2 Format: A6 / 1/3 A4 67.0059.3

Leaflet Dispensers for Shelving 49 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Dispenser "Euphrates" - suitable for all common shelves - supplied fully assembled - with black wire hanger Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm Size: A4 67.0079.1 Size: A5 67.0079.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0079.3 Double-Sided Leaflet Dispenser "Tigris" - suitable for all common shelves - delivered ready assembled - with black wire hanger fitted on the side Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 32 mm Size: A4 67.0085.1 Size: A5 67.0085.2 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0085.3 Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - for hanging on shelves and baskets - different profile sections possible Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Fixing: Display profile "SHK 16" white Width (inside): 80 mm; Height (inside): 60 mm; Depth (inside): 25 mm 26.0014.4 Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 105 mm; Depth (inside): 30 mm 26.0014.2 Special sizes and promotional printing available on request!

50 Leaflet Dispensers for Shelving 1 Leaflet Holders for Shelving - to clip on s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - for mounting on shelf fronts Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 105 mm; Depth (inside): 30 mm Application: for clipping on to 6-10 mm thick glass shelves 26.0109.1 Application: for clipping on to 10-25 mm thick shelves 26.0109.2 Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - for mounting on shelves Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 105 mm; Depth (inside): 30 mm Application: for clipping on to 6-10 mm thick glass shelves 26.0109.3 Application: for clipping on to 10-25 mm thick shelves 26.0109.4

Leaflet Holders for Shelving - to stick down 1 Leaflet Dispensers for Shelving 51 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - with notch - for sticking onto shelves Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm Depth (Inner size): 30 mm Width (inside): 125 mm; Height (inside): 125 mm 26.0015.16 Width (inside): 180 mm; Height (inside): 150 mm 26.0015.3 Width (inside): 200 mm; Height (inside): 180 mm 26.0015.4 Depth (inner size): 40 mm Width (inside): 215 mm; Height (inside): 180 mm 26.0015.5 Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - for sticking on to shelves Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm Depth (Inner size): 20 mm Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 170 mm 26.0015.9 Width (inside): 125 mm; Height (inside): 105 mm 26.0015.6 Width (inside): 155 mm; Height (inside): 170 mm 26.0015.10 Depth: (Inner size): 25 mm Width (inside): 80 mm; Height (inside): 125 mm 26.0015.7 Depth (Inner size): 30 mm Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 135 mm 26.0015.8 Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - with notch - for sticking onto shelves Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 200 mm; Depth (inside): 20 mm; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm 26.0015.11

52 Leaflet Dispensers for Shelving 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Hanging Leaflet Dispenser - with notch - for sticking onto shelves Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width (inside): 230 mm; Height (inside): 230 mm; Depth (inside): 30 mm; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm 26.0015.12 Collapsible Leaflet Dispenser - for sticking on displays Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm Depth (Inner size): 32 mm Width (inside): 96 mm; Height (inside): 115 mm 26.0066.1 Depth (Inner size): 30 mm Width (inside): 105 mm; Height (inside): 150 mm 26.0066.3 Width (inside): 110 mm; Height (inside): 120 mm 26.0066.2 Leaflet Dispenser - for sticking on to shelves Material: rigid film; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Adhesive: standard tape 1x 25 mm; Version: flat Depth (Inner size): 30 mm Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Size: A4 26.0053.2 Depth: (Inner size): 25 mm Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Size: A5 26.0053.3 Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Size: A6 26.0053.4 Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Size: 1/3 A4 26.0053.1 Low shipping costs - delivered flatpacked!

Leaflet Display Stands 53 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Columnar Leaflet Stands Leaflet Display Stand "Tondo" - 2-sided - marble base ensures stability Material of base: marble; Base frame material: round tube; Dispenser material: polystyrene; Orientation: portrait; Base diameter: 350 mm; Total height: 1550 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm Colour of base: black / grey; Colour of frame: black; Dispenser size: A4; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0067.1 Colour of base: white / grey; Colour of frame: white; Dispenser size: A4; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0067.2 Colour of base: black / grey; Colour of frame: black; Dispenser size: A5; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.6 Colour of base: white / grey; Colour of frame: white; Dispenser size: A5; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.7 Colour of base: black / grey; Colour of frame: black; Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.9 Colour of base: white / grey; Colour of frame: white; Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.10 Replacement dispensers can be found on page 12. 54.0067.1 54.0067.1 54.0067.2 54.0067.2

54 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Tondo NG" - individual leaflets can be well displayed using the curved leaflet holders Base frame material: steel; Dispenser material: polystyrene; Colour of frame: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait; Base diameter: 320 mm; Total height: 1550 mm; Fill depth: approx. 35 mm Dispenser size: A4; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0067.5 Dispenser size: A5; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.8 Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.11 • Replacement holders and hangers can be found on page 13. • Discover the many accessories in our video at: www.vkf-renzel.com 54.0067.8 54.0067.8

56 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Tondo Q" - 2-sided - header board available as accessory Base frame material: steel; Dispenser material: acrylic; Colour of frame: silver similar to RAL 9006; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Base diameter: 320 mm; Total height: 1550 mm; Fill depth: approx. 35 mm; Number of dispensers: 8 54.0067.69 A4 landscape Header Board "Tondo" - poster frame with 2 T-pieces - price without sign "Info" - material: plastic - colour: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, grey, black or silver sprayed - format: A4 portrait / landscape 53.0211.

Leaflet Display Stands 57 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 1 Leaflet Column "Force" - flexible hanger frame for A4 leaflet shelves in portrait format - ideal for trade fairs, promotions and events - up to 10 trays can be hooked in Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Header board size: 245 x 198 mm (W x H), Visible area: 230 x 198 mm; Suitable for leaflet compartments / trays: A4; Width: 500 mm; Height: 1675 mm; Depth: 500 mm 54.0121.1 Price without tray. 1. Example of use for Leaflet Column "Force" with holders. Individual lettering available on request. Shelf for Leaflet Columns "Force", "Forcy" and "FT" Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width (inside): 237 mm; Height (inside): 297 mm; Fill depth: 38 mm 54.0122.1 Shelf for Leaflet Columns "Force", "Forcy" and "FT" Material: acrylic / steel; Colour: transparent / silver; Width (inside): 238 mm; Height (inside): 310 mm; Fill depth: 55 mm 54.0122.2 A3 landscape format can be found online under 54.0122.4

58 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Display Column "Tec-Art" - price without brochure compartments - up to 12 brochure pockets can be hooked in Material: steel; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Surface: powder coated; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1660 mm; Depth: 400 mm 54.0009.1 Accessories for Leaflet Column "Tec-Art" Colour: transparent A4 Portrait Holder for Leaflet Stand "Tec-Art" Material: polystyrene; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width (inside): 221 mm; Height (inside): 297 mm; Fill depth: 60 mm 54.0010.1 Divider for Acrylic Tray "Tec-Art" for 2x 1/3 A4 Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm 54.0011.1 1. Example of use 1 Header Board "Tec-Art" - header board is attached to the Tec-Art by simply clipping it on - labelling costs on request Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006 Writable area: 230 x 250 mm (W x H) 54.0101.1

Leaflet Display Stands 59 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Dispenser "Tec-Art Premium" - rotatable - can be used on both sides - up to 12 brochure compartments can be attached - 2x "info" stickers are included and can be affixed to the advertising spaces Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: aluminium silver; Suitable for leaflet compartments / trays: A4; Diameter: 540 mm; Height: 1710 mm; Promotional panel: 228 x 140 mm (W x H) 54.0117.1 Corresponding leaflet holders (54.0010.1) can be found on page 58. 1. Example of use 1

60 Leaflet Display Stands renzel NATURE Brochure Stand "Madera - M" - wooden body - can be loaded on both sides - for A4 brochures in portrait format - with 6 compartments made of clear acrylic Version: 2-sided; Shelf size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Fill depth: 35 mm; Dimensions: 300 x 1480 x 400 mm (W x H x D) 50.0089.38  Other wooden displays from the "Madera" range can be found online at www.vkf-renzel.com/madera 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L

Leaflet Display Stands 61 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "OS" Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1640 mm; Depth: 410 mm; Dispenser width: 220 mm; Fill depth: 28 mm; Printable area: at top approx.: 230 x 120 mm (W x H) Leaflet Stand "OS I" Number of dispensers: 4 54.0159.2 Leaflet Stand "OS II" Number of dispensers: 8 54.0159.3 Leaflet Stand "Size" - for 7 leaflets in A4 portrait format - or 14 leaflet in 1/3 A4 portrait format using dividers - custom lettering can be applied in the space Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: aluminium silver; Width: 320 mm; Height: 1320 mm; Depth: 340 mm; Fill depth: 26 mm 54.0007.1 Individual lettering available on request.

62 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wire Leaflet Stand "Amron" - header board on request Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 250 mm; Height: 1370 mm; Depth: 400 mm; Fill depth: 25 mm; Width of header board holder: 240 mm; Number of dispensers: 15 57.0056.2 Leaflet Stand "Riva" Material: metal sheet / wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1450 mm; Depth: 450 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 10 57.0057.1

Leaflet Display Stands 63 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L renzel NATURE renzel NATURE Leaflet Stand "Midras" Material: beech wood / PET-G; Surface: coated; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 345 mm; Height: 1180 mm; Depth: 215 mm; Dispenser width: 235 mm; Fill depth: approx. 25 mm; Number of dispensers: 10 54.0167.1 Brochure Stand "Lugno" Base frame material: natural wood (fir tree); Material of brochure holder: stainless steel; Dispenser size: for A4/A5 portrait and landscape; Width: 290 mm; Height: 1230 mm; Depth: 290 mm; Fill depth: approx. 35 mm; Number of dispensers: 3 54.0169.1

64 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Display Stand "V1" - space-saving brochure stand - functional and stable - angled construction Material: steel / acrylic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: alu silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 320 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 410 mm; Fill depth: 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 8; Version: standard 54.0026.1 Can be used as a freestanding or wall-mounted unit. Leaflet Display Stand "Solid Zip" - base in silver lacquered MDF - compartment width: 220 mm Shelf material: polycarbonate; Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 250 mm; Height: 1595 mm; Depth: 330 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 54.0022.2

Leaflet Display Stands 65 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L renzel NATURE Leaflet Stand "Brushed" - optimum angle through curved shape - body in brushed aluminium - with 3 acrylic trays - for A3 landscape leaflets or 2x A4 portrait - strong, silver painted MDF base - assembled using cable system - custom finishes for 20+ pieces Version: 1-sided; Shelf size: A3 landscape / 2x A4 portrait; Fill depth: 60 mm; Total width: 460 mm; Total height: 1400 mm 50.0258.1 We also have an info display in our range in the same finish - see page 188. Brochure Stand "Brushed Madera - M" - optimum viewing angle - body made of wood - with 3 holders made of crystal clear acrylic - for brochures in A4 portrait format - mounted using a cable system Version: 1-sided; Shelf size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Fill depth: 35 mm; Total width: 295 mm; Total height: 1520 mm  50.0258.2 We also have an info display in our range in the same finish - see page 188.

66 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Malta" - for use with A4, A5 or 1/3 A4 wire brochure holders in portrait Leaflet Stand "Crete" - for use with A4, A5 or 1/3 A4 wire brochure holders in portrait format (57.0059.1-3) Material: metal sheet; Sheet thickness: 2 mm; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 240 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 350 mm; Features: without wire leaflet holders 57.0058.1 format (57.0059.1-3) - supplied without wire leaflet holders Material: metal sheet; Sheet thickness: 2 mm; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 480 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 350 mm; Features: without wire leaflet holders 57.0058.3  Wire Leaflet Dispenser - suitable for leaflet stands "Malta" or "Crete" Material: wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: black similar to RAL 9005; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: approx. 35 mm Size: A4 57.0059.1 Size: A5 57.0059.2 Size: 1/3 A4 57.0059.3 Order the corresponding wire brochure holders at the same time.

Leaflet Display Stands 67 1 54.0016.1 54.0016.1 54.0016.2 54.0016.2 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Info Column "Techny" - for holding A4 or A3 poster pockets and / or leaflet holders for A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 - can be equipped with halogen lamp (54.0019.1) Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: aluminium / silver; Suitable for leaflet compartments / trays: A4, A5, 1/3 A4 (DL); Height: 1650 mm "Techny I" Width: 260 mm; Depth: 420 mm 54.0016.1 "Techny II" Width: 520 mm; Depth: 460 mm 54.0016.2 Accessories for "Techny" and information stands Wire Leaflet Holder Surface: chrome plated; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm 54.0017.1 Surface: chrome plated; Dispenser size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm 54.0017.2 Surface: chrome plated; Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm 54.0017.3 Halogen Light Incl. transformer, for use with "Techny I", "Techny II" and Info Column "Tec-Art"; Power input [W]: 20 W 54.0019.1 Poster Pocket - held in place with magnetic strips - insert can be changed in seconds Material: rigid film For Info Column "Tec-Art Tower" Colour: transparent; Size: A1 54.0015.1 For Info Column "Techny II", Info Column "Tec-Art Tower" and "Tec-Art Far"; Colour: transparent; Size: A2 54.0015.2 For Info Column "Techny II", Info Column "Tec-Art Tower", "Tec-Art Far" and "Tec-Art Trim"; Colour: transparent / anti-reflective; Size: A3 54.0015.4 For Info Column "Techny I", "Techny II", Info Column "Tec-Art Tower", "Tec-Art Far" and "Tec-Art Trim"; Colour: transparent; Size: A4 54.0015.3

Leaflet Display Stands 69 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Info Column "Tec Art Tower" - useable on both sides - can be fitted with poster pockets and/or leaflet holders - without holders or pockets Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: aluminium silver; Suitable for leaflet compartments / trays: A4, A5, 1/3 A4 (DL); Width: 770 mm; Height: 1850 mm; Depth: 330 mm 54.0014.1  Shelves and pockets can be found under accessories: 54.0017.1-3 and 54.0015.1-4 on page 67. 1. Example combination for "Tec-Art Tower". Other column widths can be found under 54.0014.3 and 54.0014.2 online. 1

70 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Display Stand "Quattro Wing" - incl. 6x acrylic shelves, A4 portrait format - leaflet holders can be fitted at any height - fill depth of the holders: 60 mm - high stability due to powder coated steel plate Base frame material: aluminium; Profile type: square bar 45 x 45mm; Colour of frame: silver anodised; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 450 mm; Width: 550 mm; Total height: 1800 mm 51.0005.1 1. Other versions, such as our Leaflet Stand "Quattor Danube" (51.0135.1), can be found in our online shop! Other dispenser sizes can be found in our online shop. 1

Leaflet Display Stands 71 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L renzel NATURE Leaflet Stand "ZigZag" - multi-section leaflet stand in a classic zigzag design - leaflets can be removed from all sides - 6 acrylic trays - for A4 portrait leaflets - stainless base in powder coated aluminium Version: 2-sided; Material: aluminium / acrylic; Shelf size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Fill depth: 30 mm; Dimensions: 300 x 1500 x 420 mm (W x H x D) 50.0089.2 Brochure Stand "Zig-Zag Madera - M“ - strong leaflet stand in a classic zigzag design - upper profile: natural, oiled - eyecatcher in any situation - simply screws together - with 5x A4 portrait leaflet trays - leaflets can be removed from any side  Version: 2-sided; Material: beech wood - Multiplex; Shelf size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Fill depth: 30 mm; Dimensions: 300 x 1500 x 370 mm (W x H x D) 50.0089.37 Other wooden displays from the "Madera" range can be found online at www.vkf-renzel.com/madera

72 Leaflet Display Stands 1 Literature Racks s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 54.0116.1 54.0116.1 54.0116.3 54.0116.3 Leaflet Stand "Cuerda" - stable construction in elegant design - incl. header board - header board printed on request Base frame material: steel; Shelf material: perforated steel; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Height: 1720 mm; Depth: 450 mm; Fill depth: 50 mm; Number of shelves: 4 Leaflet Stand "Cuerda I" Width: 545 mm; Features: to hold 8x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 425 x 150 mm (W x H); Accessories: with adjustable legs 54.0116.1 Leaflet Stand "Cuerda II" Width: 755 mm; Features: to hold 12x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 655 x 150 mm (W x H); Accessories: with 4 wheels and feet 54.0116.3 Customised lettering on the header board available on request.

Leaflet Stand "Torza" Base frame material: steel; Shelf material: wire mesh; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7015; Dispenser size: A4; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1390mm; Depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of shelves: 4; Features: to hold 4x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 250 x 120 mm (W x H) 54.0116.2 Individual lettering available on request. Leaflet Display Stands 73 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L

74 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Edition II" - for holding A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 brochures - brochures are held by crystal clear plastic panels in the front - printable area of the brochure holder: 200 x 90 mm (W x H). "INFO" lettering (1x) included Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: alu-silver / anthracite; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Total width: 300 mm; Total height: 1750 mm; Total depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 40 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 54.0156.1 Leaflet Stand "Edition III" - for holding A3 landscape format or A4, A5 and 1/3 A4 portrait format brochures - brochures are held by crystal clear plastic panels in the front - printable area of the brochure holder: 420 x 90 mm (W x H). "INFO" lettering (1x) included Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: alu-silver / anthracite; Dispenser size: A3; Orientation: landscape; Total width: 540 mm; Total height: 1750 mm; Total depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 40 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 54.0156.2 Leaflet Stand "Sirius" - with oval base and shelves made of high quality perforated sheet - as standard with end panel and labelling area - mobile on 4 twin swivel castors with brakes Material: steel; Colour: aluminium silver; Depth: 340 mm; Fill depth: 40 mm; Number of shelves: 4 "Sirius I" Width: 780 mm; Height: 1700 mm; Features: to hold 12x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 650 x 60-120 mm (W x H) 54.0032.1 "Sirius II" Width: 420 mm; Height: 1550 mm; Features: to hold 4x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 250 x 60-120 mm (W x H) 54.0032.2

Leaflet Display Stands 75 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Rico" - stable construction on castors incl. brakes - "info" sticker is included in delivery and can be stuck on if required Base frame material: steel; Shelf material: perforated steel; Colour: aluminium silver; Depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 40 mm "Rico I" Width: 425 mm; Height: 1650 mm; Number of shelves: 4; Features: to hold 4x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 290 x 120 mm (W x H) 54.0096.1 "Rico II" Width: 785 mm; Height: 1650 mm; Number of shelves: 4; Features: to hold 12x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 650 x 120 mm (W x H) 54.0096.3 "Rico III" Width: 985 mm; Height: 1650 mm; Number of shelves: 4; Features: to hold 16x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 850 x 120 mm (W x H) 54.0096.2 "Rico IV" Width: 985 mm; Height: 1750 mm; Number of shelves: 5; Features: to hold 20x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 850 x 120 mm (W x H) 54.0096.4

76 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Rolar NG" - sturdy construction made of flat oval tube with a 100 mm high labelling panel - mobile on lockable twin castors - the lowest shelf offers additional presentation space in horizontal position - "info" film is included in delivery and can be glued on if required Material: steel / acrylic; Colour: alu silver / transparent; Height: 1600 mm; Depth: 350 mm; Fill depth: 40 mm; Number of shelves: 4 Leaflet Stand "Rolar I NG" Width: 310 mm; Features: to hold 4x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 250 x 90 mm (W x H) 54.0134.8 Leaflet Stand "Rolar II NG" Width: 510 mm; Features: to hold 8x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 450 x 90 mm (W x H) 54.0134.9 Leaflet Stand "Rolar III NG" Width: 710 mm; Features: to hold 12x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 650 x 90 mm (W x H) 54.0134.10 Leaflet Stand "Rolar IV NG" Width: 910 mm; Features: to hold 16x A4 leaflets; Promotional panel: 850 x 90 mm (W x H) 54.0134.11

Leaflet Display Stands 77 1 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Circular Leaflet Stands Frame "Carousel" - basic frame without leaflet holders - can be equipped with leaflet holders to suit - each leaflet holder can be rotated Pole material: aluminium; Material of base: plastic; Colour: grey; Suitable for leaflet compartments / trays: A4, A5, 1/3 A4 (DL); Base diameter: 615 mm; Height: 1600 mm 54.0005.1 Leaflet Holder "Carousel" Material: polystyrene; Colour: transparent; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm Dispenser size: A4; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0006.1 Dispenser size: A5; Number of dispensers: 6 54.0006.2 Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Number of dispensers: 12 54.0006.3 1. Leaflet Holder "Carousel". The corresponding poster holder can be found on page 78. Leaflet Stand "M1-M3" - not rotatable - incl. clear brochure compartments - with 5-point base on castors Material: wire / plastic; Colour: black; Orientation: portrait; Diameter: 600 mm; Total height: 1600 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm "M1" Dispenser size: A4; Number of dispensers: 9 54.0066.1 "M 2" Dispenser size: A5; Number of dispensers: 12 54.0066.2 "M 3" Dispenser size: 1/3 A4; Number of dispensers: 18 54.0066.3   

78 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L "Outdoor" Rotating Leaflet Stand - rotating floorstanding display - incl. clear leaflet holders - with 5-star base on castors Material: metal / plastic; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Diameter: approx. 720 mm; Height: approx. 1600 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 20 54.0070.1  More rotating leaflet stands can be found on our website. Poster Holder for "M1-M3", "Outdoor" and "Carousel" - can be used as header board for ø 40 mm tubes - other frame sizes on request - format A4 portrait / landscape 53.0093. Please advise colour when ordering.

Leaflet Display Stands 79 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 57.0234.1 57.0234.1 57.0235.2 57.0235.2 57.0233.2 57.0233.2 Freestanding Frame for Display System "Multi" - on 5-star base with castors (2 with brakes) - rotating - equip with accessories as required Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 400 mm; Total height (assembled): 1800 mm; Base diameter: 650 mm; Features: with header board attachment for 3.5 mm thick sign; Equipment 2: incl. fixings Shape: 2-sided 57.0233.1 Shape: 3-sided 57.0233.2 Shape: 4-sided 57.0233.3 Card Ladder for Display System "Multi" Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait; Width: 395 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm Number of dispensers: 10; Size: A4 57.0235.1 Number of dispensers: 14; Size: A5 57.0235.2 Number of dispensers: 27; Size: A6 / 1/3 A4 57.0235.3 Pegwall Component for Display System "Multi" Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 395 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Hole pattern: eurohole; Application: for freestanding display 57.0234.1 The corresponding counter display for Display System "Multi" can be found on page 33.   

Showroom Leaflet Stands Leaflet Stand "Alice II" - material mix of aluminium / acrylic - header board insert for customisation - load capacity per shelf: 1.5 kg - available in black or silver Number of shelves: 3; Shelf size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 40 mm; Dimensions: 265 x 1290 x 350 mm (W x H x D); Header board: insert header board Colour: satined / silver anodised 50.0089.29 Colour: satined / powder coated black 50.0089.30

Leaflet Display Stands 81 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Mercury" - multiple leaflet holder made of aluminium - with 6 leaflet holders "Apollo" - for leaflets in A4 portrait format - fill depth per compartment: 30 mm - also available for other formats on request - also available with water repellent leaflet holders on request Version: 1-sided; Number of dispensers: 6x "Apollo"; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Dimensions: 520 x 1200 x 340 mm (W x H x D) 50.0087.3 Leaflet Stand "Mars" - multiple leaflet holder made of aluminium - with 12 leaflet holders "Apollo" - for leaflets in A4 portrait format - fill depth per compartment: 30 mm - also available with water repellent leaflet holders on request Version: 2-sided; Number of dispensers: 12x "Apollo"; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Dimensions: 520 x 1200 x 565 mm (W x H x D) 50.0087.2 Also available in other sizes, with header board or with water resistant leaflet holders. 1. 50.0088.2 2. 50.0088.4 1 2 Also ideal for outdoor use.

82 Leaflet Display Stands 1 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "H1" - consisting of: - 18 mm thick base, size: 350 x 350 mm (W x L) - 60 mm thick upright, size: 120 x 1380 mm (W x H) - upright incl. screw-in nuts for different leaflet holders A4, A5 or 1/3 A4 Leaflet Stand "H2" - consisting of: - 18 mm thick base, size: 270 x 300 (W x L) - 18 mm thick upright, size 270 x 1,430 mm (W x H) - upright incl. 12 cut-outs for easy and adjustable insert of shelves - leaflet holder incl. 3 leaflet shelves A4 (slot in) Material: spruce plywood; Surface: natural, oiled 66.0001.1 Material: spruce plywood; Surface: natural, oiled 66.0002.1 Leaflet Holder "H1" - incl. 2 stainless steel holders (mounted) - 6 drill holes for mounting on the leaflet stand "H1 - incl. screws Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 4 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 35 mm Size: A4 67.0075.9 Size: A5 67.0075.10 Size: 1/3 A4 67.0075.11

Leaflet Display Stands 83 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Wooden Leaflet Display Stand "H3" consisting of: - 18 mm thick base, size: 270 x 300 mm (W x L) - 18 mm thick upright, size: 270 x 1430 mm (W x H) - upright incl. 12 cut-outs for easy and adjustable insert of shelves - leaflet holder incl. 6 leaflet shelves 1/3 A4 (slot in) Leaflet Dispenser "H4" consisting of: - 18 mm thick base plate, dimensions: 270 x 300 mm (W x L) - 18 mm thick column, dimensions: 270 x 940 mm (W x H) - column incl. 2 cut-outs for easy and variable hanging of the shelf - shelf incl. acrylic pocket A4 (mounted) Material: spruce plywood; Surface: natural, oiled 66.0002.2 Material: spruce plywood; Surface: natural, oiled 66.0002.3

84 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "BALI NG" - with 1 acrylic pocket and 1 brochure compartment Material: metal / acrylic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 220 mm; Height: 1060 mm; Depth: 320 mm; Fill depth: 50 mm 57.0066.5 Leaflet Stand "Venice" - with one A4 portrait leaflet holder Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated (textured); Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1050 mm; Depth: 350 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm 57.0064.1 Free Standing Leaflet Stand "Mesh" Material: wire mesh / wire; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 320 mm; Height: 1050 mm; Fill depth: approx. 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 1 57.0029.2

Leaflet Display Stands 85 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 57.0068.1 57.0068.1 57.0068.2 57.0068.2 57.0068.4 57.0068.4 Leaflet Display Stand "Rome" - made of bent wire - with a compartment made of acrylic in different sizes Colour: silver/clear; Fill depth: 55 mm With 1 section for leaflets; Format: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 246 mm; Height: 890 mm; Depth: 350 mm 57.0068.1 With 1 leaflet dispenser; Format: A4; Orientation: landscape; Width: 316 mm; Height: 890 mm; Depth: 350 mm 57.0068.2 With 1 section for leaflets; Format: A3; Orientation: portrait; Width: 313 mm; Height: 920 mm; Depth: 350 mm 57.0068.4 Leaflet Stand "Rovigo" Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 235 mm; Height: 900 mm; Depth: 270 mm; Fill depth: 100 mm; Number of dispensers: 1 57.0153.1

86 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Extendable Leaflet Stand "Como" - optimal viewing angle due to the incline of the acrylic brochure tray - filling depth of the brochure compartment: 55 mm - continuously extendable upright consists of silver anodised aluminium round tubes - steel base plate silver powder coated Orientation: portrait; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: approx. 900-1250 mm Dispenser size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 51.0221.2 Dispenser size: A5 (148 x 210 mm) 51.0221.3 Also available in special sizes made in our in-house production facility. Leaflet Dispenser "Oxford" - water repellent acrylic brochure holder in A4 portrait format - black marble base plate - incl. upright and fixings 57.0073.1

Leaflet Display Stands 87 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Leaflet Stand "Avist Q" Material: sheet metal / acrylic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006 / transparent; Width: 305 mm; Height: 1220 mm; Depth: 255 mm; Shelf width: 300 mm; Shelf depth: 215 mm; Fill depth: 80 mm; Finish: incl. U-shaped frame and A4 acrylic pocket; Orientation: landscape 54.0142.1 Leaflet Stand "Avist H" - with tray for A4 portrait format leaflets - incl. A4 acrylic pocket for info inserts in portrait format Material: sheet metal / acrylic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006 / transparent; Width: 215 mm; Height: 1320 mm; Depth: 320 mm; Shelf width: 212 mm; Shelf depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 80 mm; Finish: incl. U-shaped frame and A4 acrylic pocket; Orientation: portrait 54.0142.3 Leaflet Display Stand "Palma" Pole material: steel; Tubing surface: powder coated; Pole colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Outer tube diameter: 25 mm; Material of base: marble; Colour of base: black; Base diameter: 290 mm; Material of brochure holder: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 Material: polystyrene / metal; Colour: transparent / silver similar to RAL 9006; with a 4-section acrylic leaflet holder; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Total height: approx. 1300 mm; Fill depth: 35 mm; incl. black marble base, upright and fixings 57.0072.1 Corresponding dividers can be found on page 26 (67.0052.1).

88 Leaflet Display Stands 1 Lectern Stands s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 1 Lectern "Info Aluminium" - aluminium shelf and square upright silver anodised - silver powder coated stand similar to RAL 9006 Shelf width: 450 mm; Shelf height: 320 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Material of base: steel; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: 1100 mm Shelf size: A3 landscape / 2x A4 portrait; Features: without ring binder 51.0020.22 Shelf size: 2x A4 portrait; Features: with ring binder 51.0020.23 Lectern "Score Aluminium" - stable lectern stand with steel base plate - practical shelf at the optimum reading angle - aluminium shelf A3 landscape / 2x A4 portrait Shelf width: 450 mm; Shelf height: 320 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Colour of shelf: silver anodised, sanded on reverse; Colour of frame: silver anodised; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 450 mm; Total height: 1100 mm 51.0166.12 Lectern stand with a particularly high quality design. 1. Also available with acrylic shelf (51.0020.1/.2) in our online shop.

Catalogue Stands Leaflet Display Stands 89 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Catalogue Display Stand Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 440 mm; Height: 1188 mm; Depth: 370 mm  57.0069.1 Catalogue Display Stand "Spring" - always keeps catalogues at a comfortable, Catalogue Stand "Galexi" - header board holder above incl. PVC back-friendly removal height cut to size Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: black / silver; Width: 310 mm; Height: 1100 mm; Depth: 320 mm; Shelf width: 225 mm; Shelf depth: 312 mm; Fill height: 20 mm; Number of shelves: 1 The height of the shelf adjusts with the weight of catalogues. 57.0152.1 Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Orientation: portrait; Width: 270 mm; Height: 1150 mm; Depth: 300 mm; Insert size: 220 x 200 mm; Fill depth: 290 mm 57.0266.2

90 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Catalogue Display Stand - large fill depth - removable base for space-saving storage Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 270 mm; Height: 1200 mm; Depth: 410 mm; Fill depth: approx. 60 mm; Shape: 2-part; Number of shelves: 4 57.0070.1 Catalogue Display Stand - with header board - large fill depth - removable base for space-saving storage Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 290 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 410 mm; Fill depth: 150 mm; Metal sign: A4 portrait; Shape: 2-part; Number of shelves: 3 Height includes header. 57.0070.2 Please call for a quotation to have your logo / lettering added to the header board.

Folding Leaflet Stands Leaflet Display Stands 91 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Portable Folding Leafet Stand "Toca" - stable brochure stand with weighted plastic base plate - easy removal of the brochures due to the stepped arrangement of the compartments - handy transport bag is included - dimensions when folded: approx. 490 mm high Portable Folding Leaflet Stand "Real Zip" - brochure holders made of impact-resistant polycarbonate with single sheet tilt protection - folding scissor frame made of silver anodised aluminium and base made of silver lacquered MDF - pocket on the front panel allows the insert of an A4 sheet Material: polystyrene; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006 / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 258 mm; Height: 1335 mm; Depth: 338 mm; Fill depth: approx. 35 mm; Number of dispensers: 5; Accessories: incl. bag 54.0048.3 Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Dispenser width: 220 mm; Width: 250 mm; Height: 1550 mm; Depth: 290 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 4 54.0103.1

92 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Portable Collapsible Leaflet Stand "Real Big" - brochure holders made of impact-resistant polycarbonate with single sheet tilt protection - folding scissor frame made of silver anodised aluminium and base made of silver lacquered MDF - compartment width: 220 mm - complete brochure overview Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Width: 445 mm; Height: 1550 mm; Depth: 330 mm; Fill depth: 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 8; Promotional panel: approx. 445 x 365 mm (W x H) 54.0103.2 Shelf Divider - suitable for "Real Big" and "Real Zip" folding leaflet stands - divider for 2x 1/3 A4 portrait Material: acrylic; Colour: transparent 54.0043.2 Carry Bag - made of tearproof polyester - bottom and back reinforced on the inside - with carry straps Material: rip resistant polyester For "Real Zip" Leaflet Stand Colour: black 54.0045.1 Accessory for "Real Big" Portable Leaflet Stand Colour: blue 54.0045.2

Leaflet Display Stands 93 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Portable Folding Leaflet Stand "Punzar I" Material: steel; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7015; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 276 mm; Height: 1370 mm; Depth: 385 mm; Fill depth: approx. 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 4; Accessories: incl. bag 54.0048.4 Portable Folding Leaflet Stand "Punzar II" Material: steel; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7015; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 276 mm; Height: 1520 mm; Depth: 370 mm; Fill depth: approx. 20 mm; Number of dispensers: 6; Accessories: incl. bag 54.0048.5

94 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L 1 Portable Folding Leaflet Stand "Tec-Art" - can be easily folded and transported when full - easy removal of leaflets due to the tiered arrangement of the compartments - can be folded to a height of 350 mm Portable Folding Leaflet Stand "Compact" - can be easily folded and transported when full - easy removal of leaflets due to the tiered arrangement of the compartments - can be folded to a height of 450 mm Material: aluminium; Colour: aluminium silver; Surface: powder coated; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 280 mm; Height: 1350 mm; Depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 43 mm; Number of dispensers: 4; Weight: approx. 6 kg 54.0047.1 Material: steel / acrylic; Colour: silver; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 260 mm; Height: 1550 mm; Depth: 300 mm; Fill depth: 43 mm; Number of dispensers: 4; Weight: approx. 8 kg 54.0048.1 1. Carry handle. Carry Bag - for "Tec Art" and "Compact" folding leaflet stands - with 2 carry handles and zip Material: nylon; Colour: black 54.0045.3

Foldable Leaflet Stand "Bamboo" Material: bamboo; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 350 mm; Height: 1440 mm; Depth: 400 mm; Fill depth: approx. 30 mm; Number of dispensers: 5 54.0048.7 Leaflet Display Stands 95 1 renzel NATURE s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L

96 Leaflet Display Stands 1 s r e d l o H e r u h c o r B d n a s r e s n e p s i D t e fl a e L Folding Leaflet Stand "Flex Brochure" Material: aluminium / plastic; Fill depth: 25 mm; Depth: 360 mm; Number of dispensers: 6; Features: includes transport case Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 270 mm; Height: 1450 mm; Weight: approx. 10 kg 54.0093.1 Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A3; Orientation: landscape; Width: 470 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Weight: approx. 13.5 kg 54.0093.2 Colour: black / transparent; Dispenser size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 270 mm; Height: 1450 mm; Weight: approx. 10 kg 54.0093.5 Colour: black / transparent; Dispenser size: A3; Orientation: landscape; Width: 470 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Weight: approx. 13.5 kg 54.0093.6 Colour: silver / transparent; Dispenser size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Width: 220 mm; Height: 940 mm; Weight: approx. 5.8 kg 54.0093.7 Colour: black / transparent; Dispenser size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Width: 220 mm; Height: 940 mm; Weight: approx. 5.8 kg 54.0093.8

Poster Frames & Stands More than just slot-in advertising! • Plastic Poster Pockets • Multiple Frame Systems / • Poster Frames | Insert Frames Poster Stands • Snap Frames • Window Frames, Spring- Loaded Frames and Picture Frames • Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets • Glass Displays • Info Displays | Info Stands • Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use • Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 2

98 Plastic Poster Pockets To Hang 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Acrylic Pocket "Basic" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear 1 2 with 2 holes Insert size: A1; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.1 Insert size: A1; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.2 Insert size: A2; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.5 Insert size: A2; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.6 Insert size: A3; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.9 Insert size: A3; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.10 Insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.13 Insert size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.14 Insert size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.17 Insert size: A5; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.18 Insert size: A6; Orientation: portrait 60.0008.21 Insert size: A6; Orientation: landscape 60.0008.22 without holes Size: A3; Orientation: portrait 60.0149.31 Size: A3; Orientation: landscape 60.0149.32 Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0149.33 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0149.34 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0149.35 Size: A5; Orientation: landscape 60.0149.36 Size: A6; Orientation: portrait 60.0149.37 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape 60.0149.38 Size: A7; Orientation: portrait 60.0149.66 Size: A7; Orientation: landscape 60.0149.65 1. With holes 2. Without holes Fixing accessories (hooks, chains and magnetic tape) can be found in section 7.

Plastic Poster Pockets 99 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 53.0100.1 53.0100.1 Acrylic Poster Pocket with Hook Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4 60.0447.1 Size: A5 60.0447.2 Acrylic Pocket with Slits - suitable for use with wire hanger 53.0100.1 and slatwall hanger 65.0030.1 Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4 60.0205.2 Size: A5 60.0205.3 Size: A6 60.0205.4 Slatwall hanger 65.0030.1 as well as hanger for wire grid 53.0100.1 can be found on page 12.

100

100 Plastic Poster Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 2 Poster Pocket with Punched Holes Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait; Diameter: 6 mm; Number of holes: 2 Insert size: A3 26.0006.3 Insert size: A4 26.0006.5 Insert size: A5 26.0006.21 1 Poster Pocket with Metal Eyelets Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait; Diameter: 4 mm; Number of metal eyelets: 2 Insert size: A3 26.0029.9 Insert size: A4 26.0029.4 Insert size: A5 26.0029.16 We use UV-stabilised film. Fixings for hanging can be found on our website. Promotional print and special sizes available on request! 1. Poster pocket with holes 2. Poster pocket with metal eyelets Other insert sizes can be found in our online shop at www.vkf-renzel.com Waterproof Poster Pocket - completely closed at the bottom with the help of a grip closure - moisture stays outside and the paper dry - can be used again and again - simply pull it open, insert the paper and snap it back into place Colour: transparent; Orientation: portrait; Number of holes: 2 Insert size: A3 26.0007.7 Insert size: A4 26.0007.9 Insert size: A5 26.0007.11 Hanging accessories can be found in our online shop.

101

2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P To Stick On Double-Sided Adhesive Pads Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: transparent Diameter: 19 mm; Size: for A4 size 65.0002.1 Diameter: 8 mm; Size: for A5 size 65.0002.2 Poster Pocket "Visto" - can be flipped open - for wall mounting - incl. double-sided adhesive pads Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear Size: A3; Orientation: landscape / portait 65.0001.5 Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 65.0001.1 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 65.0001.2 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 65.0001.3 Size: A5; Orientation: landscape 65.0001.4 Made from polycarbonate.

102

Adhesive Showcard C-Pocket Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait; Adhesive: clear adhesive 2x 19 mm Insert size: A3 26.0039.8 Insert size: A4 26.0039.9 Insert size: A5 26.0039.12 We use UV-stabilised sheets. Promotional printing and custom sizes on request! Window Poster Holder - adhesive-free application in front of and behind glass - easy to apply due to adhesion - removable without residue - can be used again and again - extremely durable (heat resistant up to 120° C) Orientation: portrait / landscape Insert size: A3; Width (outer): 340 mm; Height (outer): 460 mm 26.0026.3 Insert size: A4; Width (outer): 244 mm; Height (outer): 331 mm 26.0026.4 Insert size: A5; Width (outer): 170 mm; Height (outer): 240 mm 26.0026.5 Adhesion without glue!

103

Plastic Poster Pockets 103 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 1 Self-Adhesive Pockets "Maxi Pockets“ - self-adhesive on the back - not removable Material: PP; Colour: transparent; Insert: on short side; Adhesive: permanent Outer size: 220 x 305 mm; Insert size: A4 12.0180.2 Outer size: 158 x 218 mm; Insert size: A5 12.0180.7 Outer size: 108 x 149 mm; Insert size: A6 12.0180.14 1. Top: 12.0180.2, bottom left: 12.0180.7, bottom right: 12.0180.14 1 Business Card Pocket, self-adhesive - self-adhesive on the back - not removable Material: PP; Colour: transparent; Adhesive: permanent Outer size: 95 x 60mm; Insert size: 90 x 54 mm; Insert: on the long side 12.0180.15 Outer size: 95 x 60mm; Insert size: 90 x 54 mm; Insert: on short side 12.0180.4 Outer size: 105 x 60 mm; Insert size: 100 x 55 mm; Insert: on the long side 12.0180.8 Outer size: 130 x 90 mm; Insert size: 130 x 85mm; Insert: on the long side 12.0180.3 1. From left to right: 12.0180.3, 12.0180.4, 12.0180.8, 12.0180.15. Cold Laminating Film, transparent - for laminating documents without machine - tear-resistant, permanent protection against dirt and moisture Material: PP; Colour: transparent; Adhesive: permanent Outer size: 225 x 312 mm; Insert size: A4 12.0180.9 Outer size: 160 x 222 mm; Insert size: A5 12.0180.10 Outer size: 117 x 160 mm; Insert size: A6 12.0180.1 Outer size: 86 x 117 mm; Insert size: A7 12.0180.11 Outer size: 64 x 86 mm; Insert size: 58 x 74 mm 12.0180.12 Outer size: 54 x 86 mm; Insert size: 44 x 76 mm 12.0180.5 Outer size: 66 x 100 mm; Insert size: 56 x 90 mm 12.0180.13 1. Left: 12.0180.9, middle top left: 12.0180.12, middle top right: 12.0180.5, bottom middle: 12.0180.10, top right: 12.0180.13, middle right: 12.0180.11, bottom right: 12.0180.1

104

104 Poster Frames | Insert Frames Plastic | Accessories 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 2 Showcard Frame - Material: strong plastic - Colour: orange, red, green, grey, blue, yellow, white or black Size: A2 53.0002. Size: A3 53.0003.45 Size: A4 53.0004.47 Size: A5 53.0005.28 Size: A6 53.0006. Coloured, insert on long side Size: A3 53.0003.46 Size: A4 53.0004.48 Size: A5 53.0005.29 Painted silver, insert on short side Size: A2 53.0002.9 Size: A3 53.0003.9 Size: A4 53.0004.9 Size: A5 53.0005.9 Size: A6 53.0006.9 Transparent, insert on short side Size: A2 53.0002.27 Size: A3 53.0003.11 Size: A4 53.0004.11 Size: A5 53.0005.11 Size: A6 53.0006.11 1. Colour examples: Yellow similar to RAL 1018 Red similar to RAL 3000 Orange similar to RAL 2008 Green similar to RAL 6032 Blue similar to RAL 5015 White similar to RAL 9010 Black similar to RAL 9005 Grey similar to RAL 7035 2. Special colours: silver and transparent Please specify colour.

105

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 105 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showcard Frame "Special Size" - insert frame - ideal as aisle signage or framed shelf barker Material: plastic; Insert: on short side Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Width: 150 mm; Height: 594 mm; Frame width: for use with clips A3-A6 53.0007.2 Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Width: 215 mm; Height: 595 mm; Frame width: for use with clips A1-A2 53.0247.1 Colour: white similar to RAL 9010; Width: 420 mm; Height: 148 mm; Frame width: for use with clips A3-A6 53.0188.33 Colour: transparent; Width: 297 mm; Height: 297 mm; Frame width: for use with clips A3-A6 53.0188.37 Other colours available on orders of 500 or more. Slate-Effect Board - can be written on with chalk markers - without frame - only suitable for indoor use Material: polystyrene; Material thickness: 1 mm; Surface: slate-effect coated; Colour: black; Shape: rounded corners Size: A1 53.0018.1 Size: A2 53.0018.2 Size: A3 53.0018.3 Size: A4 53.0018.4 Size: A5 53.0018.5 Size: A6 53.0018.6 Avoid placing in direct sunlight. Frames for Laminated Posters - for holding laminated inserts - material: strong plastic - insert: narrow side - colour: white, grey, yellow, orange, red, green, blue or black A3 extra Suitable for laminates: 303 x 426 mm (W x H) 53.0011. A4 extra Suitable for laminates: 215 x 303 mm (W x H) 53.0012. A5 extra Suitable for laminates: 154 x 216 mm (W x H) 53.0013. Other colours available on orders of 500 or more.

106

106 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Frame - consists of: - 1x black base - 1x coloured cover frame incl. anti-reflective PVC cover sheet - size: A4 - the following colours are available: - yellow (RAL 1023) - orange (RAL 2009) - red (RAL 3020) - purple (RAL 4006) - blue (RAL 5017) - green (RAL 6024) - grey A (RAL 7042) - grey B (RAL 7043) - white (RAL 9016) - black (RAL 9017) 53.0016. Poster Frame "Clear Line" - water-repellent slide-in frame - cover of the two-part frame largely prevents the ingress of water - suitable for use in nurseries, garden centres and outdoor areas - compatible with many accessories for sizes A3-A6 - base plates can be used in conjunction with tube and T-piece (table base plates should be weighted down) Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Insert size: A4 portrait 53.0454.1 A clear view in any weather. • water repellent • Watch our video to see for yourself how versatile and easy it is to assemble: www.vkf-renzel.com

107

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 107 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P You can find other slide-in formats and matching poster frames in our online shop at www.vkf-renzel.com Showcard Frame for Shopping Trolley - 2 parts - suitable for almost all common types of shopping trolleys - assembly and paper change without tools - drainage channels for rainwater - impact and cold resistant material Material: polypropylene; Colour: red similar to RAL 3000; Size: A4; Orientation: landscape; Number of frames: 2; Number of clips: 4 53.0473.1 U-Pocket - for poster frames Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait For showcard frames: A3 26.0035.3 For showcard frames: A4 26.0035.8 For showcard frames: A5 26.0035.5 U-pockets are also available in 0.2 mm non-reflective rigid material. U-pockets allow safe and easy handling of quickly changing advertising posters and special offers. The posters are protected from dust in the U-pocket and can therefore be reused many times. We use UV-stabilised material. Clamp - ideal for price labelling on boxes, baskets or shelves (max. 20 mm material thickness) - delivery excludes T-piece and poster frame - total height: approx. 330 mm Material: plastic; Pole material: aluminium; Colour: black; Pole colour: silver; Tube diameter: 10 mm; Pole length: 150 mm 53.0337.1 Matching T-pieces can be found on page 104 and matching frames on page 114.

108

108 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Uni Sign Clip "NG" - ideal for price labelling on bicycles, clothing rails, shelves, boxes and racks - suitable for poster frames A3-A6 - incl. T-piece (unassembled, 2 parts) - colours: blue, yellow, green, orange, red, white, black or transparent - clamp width: max. 30 mm 53.0390. Matching frames can be found on page 104. Uni Sign Clip "NG with Joint" - ideal for angled price labelling on shelves, boxes or racks - suitable for frames A3-A6 - incl. joint and T-piece (unassembled, 3 parts) - colours: blue, yellow, green, orange, red, white or transparent - clamp width: max. 30 mm 53.0391. Corresponding frames can be found on page 104 (53.0003 - 53.0006). Frame - Crate Clamp - for poster frames - for attachment to crates, baskets and cardboard boxes up to 20 mm Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.1

109

Poster Holder "DK" - for wire baskets, promotion tables, sales stands, ... - suitable for wire with ø 4-8 mm - wire spacing of the vertical wires at least 18 mm Poster Holder "DK I" - consisting of: - steel pole in chrome effect (extendable 320-620 mm). - DK fixing with screw fastening and T-piece for A3-A6 frames Material: metal / plastic 53.0121. Poster Holder "DK III" Pole material: aluminium; Surface: silver anodised; T-piece colour: transparent; Pole length: 300-500 mm; Frame capacity: A3-A6; Version: with spring and hanging hook 53.0425.1 Poster Holder "DK IV" - consisting of: - silver anodised aluminium pole (extendable from 320-620 mm) - DK fixing and T-piece for A3-A6 frames Material: aluminium / plastic 53.0444. Please specify colour of T-piece when ordering. 1. From left to right: 53.0121, 53.0444., 53.0425.1. Poster Frames | Insert Frames 109 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Frame Support "RA1" - vertical Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Hanging Eyelet - for hanging poster frames - eyelet parallel to the frame Hanging Hook - for hanging poster frames Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A2 53.0020.1 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.2 Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.3 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.4 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.4 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.5

110

110 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Frame Support "RA2" - with 15° angle Hanging Eyelet - with hanging eyelet at 90° Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A2 53.0020.2 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.3 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.22 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.23 Hanging Hook - short - for hanging poster frames Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.21 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.22 Poster frame clips for A1 / A2 differ slightly from the picture. Fixing Plate - for screwing on - mounting element rotates 360° Hanging Eyelet - for hanging poster frames - eyelet rotates 360° Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.18 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.18 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.11 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.10 Hanging Hook - with moveable, swivelling hook - for suspending poster frames from wire mesh (max. ø 8 mm) Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.12 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.11 Hanging Hook "Long Pivot" - with swivelling, 50 mm long hook - for hanging poster frames on wires with max. ø 10 mm Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.84 Rail Hook - for parallel fastening of frames to wire mesh, baskets, etc. with max. ø 10 mm Suction Cup - 2-part (with adapter: 90°/parallel) - for mounting poster frames on glass Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.59 or smooth surfaces - delivered unassembled Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.17 Suction cup for A1-A2 showcard frames available on request.

111

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 111 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Wall Fixing - screw on - for fastening frames to walls Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.6 Hanging Hook - for hanging poster frames on wire grids Tube Clip - for clipping onto poles (max. ø 10 mm) Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.20 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.21 Tube diameter: 8 mm 53.0071.1 Tube diameter: 10 mm 53.0071.2 Tube diameter: 12 mm 53.0071.3 Tube diameter: 14 mm 53.0071.4 Tube diameter: 18 mm 53.0071.5 Tube diameter: 22 mm 53.0071.6 Tube diameter: 28 mm-max. 34 mm 53.0071.7 Tube clamp for A1-A2 showcard frames available on request. Hanging Hook - for hanging frames on wire grids up to max. ø 12 mm Fixing Plate - with foam adhesive - for fixing frames to walls and panels Wall Fixing - screw on - for fastening frames to walls Material: plastic; Colour: grey; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.20 Material: polycarbonate / foam tape; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.7 Colour: white / transparent; Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.8

112

112 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Magnetic Clip - with 90° adapter Magnetic Clip - rotates 360° Material: polycarbonate / ABS / magnet; Colour: white / transparent Material: polycarbonate / magnet; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.7 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.8 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.23 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.24 Fixing Plate - with foam adhesive - for fixing frames to walls and panels Colour: white / transparent; Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.9 Magnet with Flexible Clamp - 2 parts (unassembled) - for flexible attachment to trusses, etc. Material: magnet / plastic; Colour: white; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.95 We recommend using 2 clamps per frame. Magnetic Clip - parallel to frame Material: polycarbonate / ABS / magnet; Colour: white / transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.10 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.9 Magnetic Clip - for direct attachment of poster frames to metal surfaces Material: polycarbonate / ABS / magnet; Colour: grey / transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.12 Poster Holder "MG" - magnetic poster holder - consists of: - 1x fixed 320 mm long steel pole in chrome effect, with 2 white magnets screwed on - 1x T-piece suitable for A3-A6 frames - T-piece is available in the standard colours red, green, blue, black, grey, yellow, orange, white or transparent 53.0276. Matching showcard frames can be found on page 104.

113

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 113 Connecting Clip - for connecting poster frames of the same Fixture Clip - for attaching posters with a thickness Sign Gripper for Holding Frames - for attaching posters up to 2 mm thick size of 0.3-1 mm to poster frames Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.19 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.19 Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.26 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.27 Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.67 Poster frame clips for A1 / A2 differ slightly from the picture. 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Connecting Clip - for connecting frames A1-A2 with frames Pivot Clip - with pin, for swivel mounting of poster A3-A6 frames Pivot Clip - with metal pin - for attachment of pivoting poster frames Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent 53.0019.29 Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.25 Material: acrylic / steel; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.24 Display Clamp - for attaching posters up to 0.75 mm thick Closing Clip - prevents manipulation and the falling out to poster frames of posters from poster frames Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.28 Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0020.25 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.26 Tube Clamp - for poster frames A3-A6 - for fixing poster frames to round poles with ø 25 to 40 mm - incl. T-piece in standard colours 53.0219.

114

Clamp, elastic - with screw clamp Material: plastic / metal; Colour: white / chrome Frame capacity: A1-A2 53.0099.2 Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0099.1 Poster Holder for Flattened Oval Tubes Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Model: KS 1a 15 x 30 mm; Frame capacity: without T-piece 53.0082.1 Matching T-pieces can be found under article number 53.0070. Showcard Frame Holder for Plant Containers - perfect for front labelling on plant containers - suitable for frames A3-A6 or laminate frames - incl. enclosed T-piece made of plastic in standard colours - material bracket: metal - surface: galvanised 53.0359. T-Piece - suitable for connecting poster frames with 10 mm tube - suitable for frames A3-A6 - material: plastic - width: 90 mm Colour: standard colours 53.0070. Colour: silver coloured 53.0070.9 Colour: transparent 53.0070.11 T-piece for A2 frames on request. Other standard colours can be found in our online shop.

115

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 115 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Sign Gripper for T-Pieces - attaches printed, contoured plastic materials easily to our standard poster stands - simply clip the sign gripper into the T-piece of the poster stand and insert the plastic blank into the connector Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Length: approx. 88 mm; Application: for 90 mm wide T-piece Clamp area: for 1 mm thick material 53.0393.1 Clamp area: for 2 mm thick material 53.0393.2 T-Piece for 2 mm and 4 mm material Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Tube diameter: 10 mm; Width: 149 mm Clamp width: 2 mm 53.0118.5 Clamp width: 4 mm 53.0118.1 Jointed Connector NS/G - inserted between base plates with ø 12 mm pole holder and poles with ø 12 mm - enables angled presentation of your poster stands Material: plastic; Colour: grey 53.0024.2

116

116 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Steel Pole with Thread Tube diameter: 12 mm tapered to 10 mm Pole length: 160 mm; Version: fixed; Thread: M10 53.0097.1 Pole length: 160 mm; Version: fixed; Thread: M8 53.0097.2 Pole length: 320 mm; Version: fixed; Thread: M10 53.0097.3 Pole length: 320 mm; Version: fixed; Thread: M8 53.0097.4 Pole length: 320-620 mm; Version: telescopic; Thread: M10 53.0097.7 Pole length: 320-620 mm; Version: telescopic; Thread: M8 53.0097.8 Steel Pole in Chrome Effect, fixed - to hold a T-piece Material: steel; Surface: chrome effect; Tube diameter: 12 mm tapered to 10 mm Length: 140 mm 53.0028.77 Length: 160 mm 53.0028.28 Length: 320 mm 53.0028.3 1 Steel Pole in Chrome Effect, telescopic Material: steel; Surface: chrome effect; Inner tube diameter: 10 mm; Outer tube diameter: 12 mm A; Pole length: 320-620 mm; Version: standard 53.0101.1 B; Pole length: 320-620 mm; Version: DF pole 53.0101.6 C; Pole length: 320-620 mm; Version: BK pole 53.0101.2 D; Pole length: 850-1500 mm; Version: Maxi 53.0101.3 E; Pole length: 1050-1900 mm; Version: Profit 53.0101.5 1. Pictured form left to right: E, D, C, B, A, fixed Extendable aluminium poles can be found online.

117

Poster Stand "Eco" - consisting of: - 1x black powder coated metal base - 1x pole (extendable) - frame not included Material of upright: fibreglass; Pole colour: black; T-piece colour: transparent; Pole length: 320-620 mm; Frame capacity: A3-A6 Pack = 25 pieces 53.0285.3 Matching showcard frames can be found on page 104. Poster Frames | Insert Frames 117 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Base "A" Material: metal / plastic; Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Colour of base: black similar to RAL 9005; Colour of pole holder: available in standard colours; Width: 160 mm; Length: 175 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0025. Tabletop Base "DB" Material: plastic with metal sheet insert; Colour: available in green, grey, black or white; Width: 160 mm; Length: 200 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0370. Base "XT" Material: metal sheet / plastic; Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Colour of pole holder: transparent; Diameter: 160 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0026.1

118

118 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Magnetic Base "MF" Material: plastic / magnet; Casing colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Width: 40 mm; Length: 100 mm; Height: 25 mm; Number of magnets: 4; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0228.1 Base Plate "KT" Material: plastic; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Width: 117 mm; Length: 218 mm; Features: pole attachment to side; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0226.18 Tabletop Base "KR" Material: plastic; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Width: 180 mm; Length: 180 mm; Features: attachment for tube in the middle; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0226.20 Other colours available on orders of 500 or more. Tabletop Base "N" Material: stainless steel / plastic; Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Colour of pole holder: transparent; Width: 160 mm; Length: 180 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0111.9 Tabletop Base "C" Material: metal / plastic; Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Surface: zinc-plated; Colour of pole holder: black similar to RAL 9005; Colour of base: silver; Width: 160 mm; Length: 175 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0107.1 Base "Maxi" Material: metal / plastic; Material thickness: 5 mm; Colour of pole holder: grey similar to RAL 7035; Colour of base: grey similar to RAL 7035; Diameter: 255 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0084.1 Complete poster stands with insert frame can be found on page 138 onwards (53.0106). Base "VZ" Material: metal / plastic; Material thickness: 5 mm; Surface: zinc-plated; Colour of pole holder: black similar to RAL 9005; Diameter: 255 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0084.2 Base "Chep" Material: metal / plastic; Material thickness: 5 mm; Colour of pole holder: grey similar to RAL 7035; Colour of base: black; Width: 180 mm; Length: 350 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0130.1

119

Poster Frames | Insert Frames 119 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Insert Frame "Multi" in Aluminium | Accessories Slide-In Frame "Multi" - for inserting posters or panels - stable frame made of aluminium - silver anodised surface - also available as custom made in the size of your choice - accessories also available in the online shop (cover sheets, etc.) Profile width: 30 mm; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait / landscape; Insert: on short side; Insert thickness: max. 4.5 mm 50.0046.1 Other frame sizes can be found in our online shop. 1. The insert frame "Multi" is compatible with many of the clips for A3-A6 size. Customised sizes available. Please ask for a quote. Info-Topper "Multi" - simple poster stand made of silver anodised aluminium - ideal for mounting on petrol pumps, shelving systems or similar - mounting by adhesive tape on the underside - incl. plastic U-pocket to protect the insert Profile width: 30 mm; Orientation: landscape; Insert: on short side; Insert thickness: max. 4.5 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0158.1 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0158.2

120

120 Poster Frames | Insert Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Window Frame System "Multi" - high quality presentation of your advertising message - suitable for use in your shop window - frame is simply suspended using the accessories supplied - with white partition as well as two anti-reflective cover sheets Frame material: aluminium; Frame colour: silver anodised; Profile width: 30 mm; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Insert: on the long side; Insert thickness: max. 1.5 mm 50.0046.81

121

121 renzel NATURE Wood | Accessories Poster Frame "Madeira" - quick poster change without dismantling the frame Material: natural beechwood; Insert: on short side Size: A3 53.0029.3 Size: A4 53.0029.4 Size: A5 53.0029.5 renzel NATURE Feet for Wooden Frame "Madeira" - Suitable for wooden poster frames (53.0029.3-.5) Material: wood 53.0030.4 Hanging Eyelet for Wooden Frame "Madeira" - for hanging wooden poster frames Material: strong plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0030.1 Moving Tube Clip for Wooden Frame "Madeira" - for hanging wooden poster frames from round tube poster rails Wall-Mounted Clip for Wooden Frame "Madeira" - suitable for wooden poster frames (ø 22 mm) Material: strong plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0030.2 Material: strong plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0030.3

122

122 Snap Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Snap Frames - Everything at a glance - made of aluminium - incl. anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - almost all frames can be used in portrait or landscape format - quick and easy exchange of insert thanks to the snap technology - high quality appearance - versatile and customisable for indoor and outdoor use - customised designs possible from 1 piece - RAL powder coated from 1 piece Waterproof, theft proof and flame retardant frames can be recognised by by the following symbols in the catalogue: All our aluminium frames can be supplied with standard RAL powder coated profiles. Some of the frames are also available in chrome effect, gold effect (gloss), wood effect and with safety profiles. RAL powder coated chrome effect gold effect wood effect with safety profile How does a snap frame work?

123

Snap Frames 123 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Snap Frames with 15 mm Profile 15 mm Snap Frame - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in the bottom profile for screwing in to place or suspending - customised products from 1 piece - RAL powder coated from 1 piece - minimum frame format to be produced: A5 - maximum frame size: 750 x 1000 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0001.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0001.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0001.3 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0001.4 Insert size: A5 (148 x 210 mm) 50.0001.5 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0001.6 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm 50.0001.7 Snap Frames with 25 mm Profile Snap Frame, 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in the bottom profile for screwing in to place or suspending - customised products from 1 piece - RAL powder coated top profiles from 1 piece - minimum frame format to be produced: A5 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0003.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0003.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0003.3 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0003.4 Insert size: A5 (148 x 210 mm) 50.0003.5 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0003.6

124

124 Snap Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Snap Frame, 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, black anodised - Weather-resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - With holes in the bottom profile for screwing inn to place or hanging - Customised products from 1 piece - Minimum frame size to be produced: A5 - Maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0003.224 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0003.225 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0003.226 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0003.227 Snap Frame, 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, dark wood effect - Weather-resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - With holes in the bottom profile for screwing inn to place or hanging - Customised products from 1 piece - Minimum frame size to be produced: A5 - Maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0003.549 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0003.550 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0003.551 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0003.552

125

Snap Frames 125 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Snap Frame, 25 mm profile, with rounded corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in the bottom profile for screwing in to place or suspending - customised products from 1 piece - RAL powder coated top profiles from 1 piece - minimum frame format to be produced: A5 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0008.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0008.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0008.3 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0008.4 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0008.5 Fire Retardant Snap Frames - B1 certified - anti-reflective, flame retardant cover film and metal back panel - with holes in the bottom profile for screwing in place or hanging - customised products from 1 piece - minimum frame format to be produced: A5 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0003.1175 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0003.1176 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0003.1177 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0003.1178

126

126 Snap Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Double-Sided Snap Frame, 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - 2-sided with 2 metal hanging eyelets - weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - custom finish from 1 piece - RAL powder coated top profiles from 1 piece - minimum frame size to be produced: A5 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1400 mm Frame material: aluminium; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Version: 2-sided 50.0003.14 Corresponding hanging sets can be found on page 131 (50.0041.1 and 80.0932.1). 1. Example of use

127

Snap Frames 127 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Snap Frames with 32 mm Profile Snap Frame, 32 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in lower profile to screw or hang in place - custom sizes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A5 - maximum frame size: 1400 x 2000 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0005.7 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0005.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0005.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0005.3 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0005.5 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm 50.0005.6 Snap Frame "Straight", 32 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in lower profile to screw or hang in place - custom sizes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A5 - maximum frame size: 1400 x 2000 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0278.4 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0278.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0278.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0278.3

128

Snap Frame with Lamppost Holder, 32 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - with 2 brackets and metal straps (ø approx. 140-160 mm) for fixing to e.g. lampposts - metal back panel for increased stability - anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - custom finished from 1 piece - RAL powder coated top profiles from 1 piece upwards - minimum frame size: A3 - maximum frame size: A1 Frame material: aluminium; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Version: 1-sided; Waterproof: no 50.0005.219 Waterproof by adding waterproof pocket "Guard" 50.0191.3!

129

Waterproof Snap Frame "Eco" Waterproof Snap Frame "Eco 35", 35 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - waterproof through special seal and profile technology - weather rsistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holdes in lower profile to screw or hang - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A4 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1900 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0151.6 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0151.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0151.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0151.3 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm 50.0151.5 Waterproof Snap Frame "Eco 25", 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised Frame material: aluminium; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided 50.0003.85 Snap Frames 129 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P

130

130 Snap Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Snap Frame "Eco 35" with Tamperproofing, 35 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - effective protection against unauthorised opening of the snap frame with Allen screw technology - to change the poster, the Allen screw must first be loosened - waterproof with special seal and profile technology - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - with holes in lower profile to cover screws - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A4 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1900 mm Frame material: aluminium; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0151.9 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0151.7 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0151.10 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0151.11 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm 50.0151.13 Tabletop snap frames with a 14 mm profile Snap Frame for Desktop Display, 14 mm profile, with "Care+" mitred corners, silver anodised - special design with grey plastic support plate instead of aluminium sub-profiles 1 - for freestanding or wall mounting - with "Care+" safety corners - with plastic support plate and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet Profile material: aluminium; Colour of upper profile: silver anodised; Type of corner: mitred with grey plastic corners at points; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Version: 1-sided Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0166.11 Insert size: A5 (148 x 210 mm) 50.0166.1 Insert size: A6 (105 x 148 mm) 50.0166.2 1. Incl. safety corners "Care+"

131

Accessories Snap Frames 131 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Hanger - easy to fit - clip on the reverse between the aluminium lower profile and back panel - not for use with 15 mm profiles and display frames with 14 mm profile Material: galvanised steel sheet; Colour: silver 50.0110.10 Hanging Set - consisting of: - 2x steel wire, ø 1.5 mm; length 1500 mm; with loop on one side - 2x suspension hooks with knurled screw for stepless suspension - load capacity per set in total up to 5.0 kg 50.0041.1 Ideal for hanging protective screens and partitions. Ceiling Hanger Cord thickness: 1.2 mm; Surface: nickel plated; Length: 1000 mm; Load capacity: 8 kg; Features: incl. hook For suspended ceilings 80.0932.1 Hanging Set for Suspended Ceilings - version: with suspended ceiling hook 24.0213.13 - ready-made suspension set: - pressed at one end with suspended ceiling clip and eyelet - at the other end with hook type 12 and hook with thread Material: stainless steel; Cord thickness: 1.2 mm; Length: 1000 mm; Version: with suspended ceiling hook 24.0213.13 Load capacity: up to 35 kg 84.0073.1

132

132 Snap Frames Replacement Parts 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 26.0001.3 26.0001.3 26.0001.4 26.0001.4 26.0001.5 26.0001.5 Cover Sheets - for snap frames, poster stands, WindSign "Economy II" and covers - UV-stabilised - not suitable for waterproof snap frames and poster stands Colour: anti-reflective Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; For insert size: A0 26.0001.1 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; For insert size: A1 26.0001.2 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; For insert size: A2 26.0001.3 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; For insert size: A3 26.0001.4 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; For insert size: A4 26.0001.5 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; For insert size: 700 x 500 mm 26.0001.6 Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; For insert size: 1000 x 700 mm 26.0001.7 Cover Sheet for Poster Stand "Eco 35" WindSign "Economy II RA" and Snap Frame "Eco 35" Suitable for 50.0155.3, 50.0151.6, 50.0151.9, from model 06/2012; Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Width: 885mm; Height: 1233 mm; For insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 26.0001.43 Suitable for 50.0155.1, 50.0151.1, 50.0151.7, 50.0075.7 and 50.0075.4, from model 06/2012; Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Width: 638 mm; Height: 885mm; For insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 26.0001.44 Suitable for 50.0155.2, 50.0151.2, 50.0151.10, from model 06/2012; Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Width: 464 mm; Height: 638 mm; For insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 26.0001.45 Suitable for 50.0155.4, 50.0151.3, 50.0151.11, from model 06/2012; Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Width: 341 mm; Height: 464 mm; For insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 26.0001.46 Suitable for 50.0155.6, 50.0151.5, 50.0151.13, 50.0075.8 and 50.0075.5, from model 06/2012; Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Width: 744mm; Height: 1044 mm; For insert size: 700 x 1000 mm 26.0001.48 Cover Sheet for WindSign "Seal" Suitable for 50.0298.1 and 50.0298.4 Material: PET; Material thickness: 1 mm; Width: 872 mm; Height: 1237mm; For insert size: A0; Number of holes: 2 26.0246.159 Suitable for 50.0298.2, 50.0298.9 and 50.0298.5 Material: PET; Material thickness: 1 mm; Width: 625 mm; Height: 889 mm; For insert size: A1; Number of holes: 2 26.0246.158 Suitable for 50.0298.3 and 50.0298.6 Material: PET; Material thickness: 1 mm; Width: 731 mm; Height: 1048 mm; For insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Number of holes: 2 26.0246.160

133

Waterproof Poster Pocket "Guard" - to retrofit to non-waterproof snap frames / pavement signs - outer size exactly A1 - easy exchange of posters with 2 different materials (rigid/soft PVC) Size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Application: for poster stands and snap frames 50.0191.3 Not for use with our waterproof poster stands. Cover Sheet for Waterproof Pavement Sign, 32 mm Profile, with Mitred Corners Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Model: with rubber sealant surround for use with 50.0055.10 Material: PET; Width (outer): 859 mm; Height (outer): 1207 mm; For insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 26.0100.11 for use with 50.0055.6 Material: PET; Width (outer): 612 mm; Height (outer): 859 mm; For insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 26.0100.10 for use with 50.0055.7 Material: rigid film; Width (outer): 438 mm; Height (outer): 612 mm; For insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 26.0100.4 Corresponding snap frames can be found in our online shop.

134

134 Window Frames, Spring-Loaded Frames and Picture Frames Window Frame "Feko" 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P - self-adhesive snap frame for attaching to window panes - ideal for double-sided display of promotions due to missing back panel - insert frame for the inside of the glass - flat aluminium profile (counter profile) to cover the adhesive tape on the outside of the glass - loose polystyrene panel prevents light penetrating when using with 2 posters - can be used in portrait or landscape format - Anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A5 - maximum frame size: 1400 x 2000 mm Window Frame, 32 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised Window Frame, 25 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised 1 1 Frame material: aluminium; Version: 2-sided Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0014.6 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0014.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0014.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0014.3 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Size of visible area: 680 x 980 mm 50.0014.5 1. 1. Counter profile 2. 32 mm profile 3. Double-sided adhesive tape 4. Glass panel Frame material: aluminium; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Version: 2-sided 50.0014.30 1. 1. Counterframe 2. 25 mm profile 3. Doublesided adhesive tape 4. Glass panel

135

Window Frames, Spring-Loaded Frames and Picture Frames 135 Duraframe® 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Duraframe® - high quality and professional presentation - quick insertion / replacement of documents - magnetic frame can be opened at the front - fully self-adhesive on the back - suitable for all smooth surfaces - removable and reuseable without residue - readable on both sides on glass surfaces Material: PVC A3 Colour: black 12.0346.7 Colour: black 12.0346.22 Colour: silver 12.0346.8 Colour: silver 12.0346.24 A4 Colour: black 12.0346.5 Colour: black 12.0346.15 Colour: silver 12.0346.6 Colour: silver 12.0346.14 A5 Colour: black; Outer size: 174 x 236 mm 12.0346.3 Colour: black; Outer size: 174 x 236 mm 12.0346.20 Colour: silver; Outer size: 174 x 236 mm 12.0346.4 Colour: silver; Outer size: 174 x 236 mm 12.0346.21 A6 Colour: black 12.0346.1 Colour: silver 12.0346.2 When used on exterior glazing, do not expose the Duraframe® frame to direct sunlight as excessive heating can cause the frame to deform (ripple). For this we recommend the Duraframe® Sun on page 136.

136

136 Window Frames, Spring-Loaded Frames and Picture Frames 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Duraframe® Sun - info frame for glass surfaces exposed to direct sunlight - magnetic frame can be opened at the front for quick insertion / replacement of documents - easy fixation: adhesive on the back side Material: PET-WPVC A3 Colour: black; Outer size: 323 x 446 mm 12.0346.46 Colour: silver; Outer size: 323 x 446 mm 12.0346.47 A4 Colour: black; Outer size: 236 x 323 mm 12.0346.44 Colour: silver; Outer size: 236 x 323 mm 12.0346.45 Thermally stable up to about 70°C! Duraframe® Poster - high quality and professional presentation - quick insertion and replacement of posters thanks to magnetic frame that can be opened at the front - 2 adhesive strips on the back for bubble-free placement - can be removed from smooth, stable surfaces without leaving any residue - double-sided legibility on glass surfaces - identical frame look from both sides Material: PET; Features: with 2 adhesive strips on the back; Finish: heat stable up to approx. 70 degrees; Version: up to 2 years UV resistance; Capacity: 2 posters of 150 g/m² each Duraframe® Poster A2 Colour: black; Outer size: 465 x 639 mm 12.0346.61 Colour: silver; Outer size: 465 x 639 mm 12.0346.62 Duraframe® Poster A1 Colour: black; Outer size: 639 x 886 mm 12.0346.65 Colour: silver; Outer size: 639 x 886 mm 12.0346.66 Duraframe® Poster 500 x 700 mm Colour: black; Outer size: 547 x 747 mm 12.0346.63 Colour: silver; Outer size: 547 x 747 mm 12.0346.64 Duraframe® Poster 700 x 1000 mm Colour: black; Outer size: 745 x 1045 mm 12.0346.67 Colour: silver; Outer size: 745 x 1045 mm 12.0346.68 Heat stable up to approx. 70 degrees

137

Window Frames, Spring-Loaded Frames and Picture Frames 137 Picture Frames Picture Frame "Gallery Fine", 9.5 mm profile, silver anodised - classic picture frame - poster inserted from behind - depth: 19 m - with clear artificial glass panel - MDF back panel with built-in hanging clips - custom sizes for 20+ pieces - available in the pictured colours for 20+ pieces Frame material: aluminium; Colour: matt silver; Profile width: 9.5 mm; Orientation: portrait / landscape Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0138.1 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0138.3 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0138.4 Hanging Poster Holders in Metal 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Holder "Ready" - easy poster exchange - great for frequently changed information Poster Holder "Look" - consists of 2 holding rails and a poster pocket - quick poster exchange Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Depth: 20 mm; Features: incl. 1 transparent plastic panel Material: metal / plastic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Orientation: portrait; Depth: 20 mm; Features: incl. fixings Size: A3; Width: 350 mm; Height: 470 mm 57.0093.1 Size: A4; Width: 255 mm; Height: 340 mm 57.0093.2 Size: A1; Width: 754 mm; Height: 1000 mm 57.0205.1 Size: A2; Width: 532 mm; Height: 700 mm 57.0205.2 Size: A3; Width: 377 mm; Height: 500 mm 57.0205.3 Size: A4; Width: 266 mm; Height: 354 mm 57.0205.4

138

138 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets Tabletop Stand with Poster Frame | Insert Frame 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showcard Poster Stand "A Series" - consisting of: - base plate made of black, powder coated metal. - upright in chrome effect (extendable from 320-620 mm) - poster frame and T-piece made of strong plastic - poster frame available in the standard colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black or grey - transparent version on request Poster insert size: A3 53.0106. Poster insert size: A4 53.0105. Poster insert size: A5 53.0104. 1. Colour examples: Yellow similar to RAL 1018 Red similar to RAL 3000 Orange similar to RAL 2008 Green similar to RAL 6032 Blue similar to RAL 5015 White similar to RAL 9010 Black similar to RAL 9005 Grey similar to RAL 7035 2. Special colours: silver and transparent 1 2 Showcard Stand "C Series" - consisting of: - base plate made of metal, galvanised with black pole holder - black upright (extendable from 320-620 mm) incl. telescopic screw fixing - poster frame and transparent T-piece - poster frame available in standard colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black, grey - transparent version on request Insert size: A3 53.0110. Insert size: A4 53.0109. Insert size: A5 53.0108.

139

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 139 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showcard Stand "N Series" - consisting of: - stainless steel base plate with transparent pole holder - chrome effect upright (extendable 320-620 mm) - poster frame available in the standard colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black or grey - transparent version on request Insert size: A3 53.0114. Insert size: A4 53.0113. Insert size: A5 53.0112. Matching U-pockets are on page 107. Showcard Stand "KR Series" - consisting of: - grey plastic base plate (similar to RAL 7016) measuring 180 x 180 mm - aluminium pole (extendable 320-620 mm) - poster frame and transparent T-piece - poster frame available in the standard colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black, grey - transparent version on request Poster insert size: A3 53.0423. Poster insert size: A4 53.0422. Poster insert size: A5 53.0421.

140

140 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showcard Stand "D Series" - consisting of: - base plate made of metal ø 160 mm, silver powder coated incl. transparent pole holder - upright in chrome effect (extendable 320-620 mm) - poster frame and T-piece - poster frame available in standard colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black, grey - transparent version on request Insert size: A3 53.0117. Insert size: A4 53.0116. Insert size: A5 53.0115. Showcard Stand "Series XT New" - consisting of: - metal base (ø 160 mm) - a transparent acrylic pocket - with transparent pole holder - T-piece 149 mm long - upright in chrome effect (extendable 320-620 mm) Colour of base: silver / transparent; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A3 53.0119.2 Insert size: A4 53.0119.1 Insert size: A5 53.0119.3 Acrylic pockets in special sizes on request.

141

Tabletop Stand "Paris" - incl. acrylic U-pocket - silver anodised aluminium base - steel base plate offers stability - optimal viewing angle due to slight tilt Poster Stand - consisting of: - basic frame made of metal, base plate diameter: 120 mm - acrylic pocket in portrait format Orientation: portrait; Tube diameter: 12 mm; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 160 mm Size: A4 57.0086.1 Size: A3 57.0086.2 Insert size: A5 (148 x 210 mm); Total height: 390 mm 51.0063.5 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Total height: 465 mm 51.0063.4 Tabletop Poster Stand "KAVERO" - poster stand with insert - you will find suitable covers under article numbers 26.0001.64, 26.0001.5 and 26.0001.4 Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Fill depth: 5 mm Tabletop Poster Stand "KAVERO III" Insert size: A5; Total width: 155 mm; Total height: 315 mm; Total depth: 100 mm; Size of base: 155 x 100 x 3 mm 53.0442.7 Tabletop Poster Stand "KAVERO I" Insert size: A4; Total width: 215 mm; Total height: 410 mm; Total depth: 100 mm; Size of base: 180 x 100 x 3 mm 53.0442.1 Tabletop Poster Stand "KAVERO II" Insert size: A3; Total width: 305 mm; Total height: 530 mm; Total depth: 140 mm; Size of base: 305 x 140 x 3 mm 53.0442.2 Also available in bespoke sizes through our in-house production.

142

Angled Poster Stands Acrylic L-Display "Classic" - material thickness: 2 mm (except A3: 3 mm) Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear Size: A3; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.1 Size: A3; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.2 Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.3 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.4 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.5 Size: A5; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.6 Size: A6; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.7 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.8 Size: A7; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.9 Size: A7; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.10 Size: A8; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.13 Size: A8; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.14 Size: A9; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.29 Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0010.11 Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0010.12 Width: 80 mm; Insert height: 155 mm 60.0092.2 Width: 70 mm; Insert height: 20 mm 60.0092.6 Width: 80 mm; Insert height: 40 mm 60.0092.7 Width: 120 mm; Insert height: 55 mm 60.0092.8 Width: 150 mm; Insert height: 80 mm 60.0092.9

143

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 143 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P L-Display "Magnetic" - with 4 magnets - can be used in portrait and landscape format Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear Size: A4 65.0177.1 Size: A5 65.0177.2 Size: A6 65.0177.3 Display "Linaria" - 3 parts, slot together - easy assembly - stable Orientation: portrait Size: A3 60.0746.1 Size: A2 60.0746.2 1. Example of use with leaflet box 67.0017.3, fitted with adhesive pads 65.0002.1. 1 Sign Holder "Universum" Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 65.0003.1

144

144 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P renzel NATURE Sign Holder "Water-Gate" - with shiny chrome clamp Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear Width: 110 mm; Height: 210 mm 60.0145.1 Width: 150 mm; Height: 280 mm 60.0145.2 Poster Holder "Nerine" with metal clamp - chrome clamp to attach your insert - 3 parts can be slotted together - delivered unassembled - flat, space saving shipping Material: ply wood; Material thickness: 3 mm; Orientation: portrait Size: A4; Width: 240 mm; Height: 327 mm; Depth: 123 mm 63.0194.1 Size: A5; Width: 178 mm; Height: 240 mm; Depth: 100 mm 63.0194.2 Size: A6; Width: 135 mm; Height: 178 mm; Depth: 84 mm 63.0194.3 Custom sizes and shapes available for 30+ pieces. Sign Holder "Tiber" - with 1/3 A4 box glued on the right Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 27 mm Material thickness: 3 mm; Size: A3 60.0011.2 Material thickness: 2 + 3 mm; Size: A4 60.0011.1

145

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 145 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P L Display Ring Binder - for A4 portrait format - 4 punched holes Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width: 450 mm; Height: 300 mm 60.0132.1 Sign Holder "Taxus" Material: aluminium / acrylic; Orientation: portrait Aluminium base: 210 x 21 x 74 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A4 60.0684.1 Aluminium base: 148 x 21 x 74 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A5 60.0684.2 Aluminium base: 105 x 21 x 74 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A6 60.0684.3 Tabletop Display "Clear" - consisting of: - 2x 4 mm ESG glass panels (edges ground, polished) - 2x stainless steel spacers with flat head (ø 8 mm, length: 25 mm) - ideal for self labelling Width: 200 mm; Height: 70 mm 12.0074.1

146

L-Display Material: rigid film; Orientation: landscape; Angle: 75° anti-reflective 0.4 mm Insert size: A6 26.0008.1 clear 0.5 mm Insert size: A6 26.0008.9 Insert size: A7 26.0008.2 Insert size: A7 26.0008.11 Insert size: A8 26.0008.3 Insert size: A8 26.0008.13 Insert size: A9 26.0008.4 Insert size: A9 26.0008.14 Manufactured from UV-stabilised plastic sheeting. L-Display - can be used in portrait and landscape format Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Colour: anti-reflective; Version: cut into shape Insert size: A4 26.0008.16 Insert size: A5 26.0008.17

147

Vertical Poster Stands Display "Magnetica" - 2-piece - incl. 8 magnets Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2x 10 mm; Colour: crystal clear Length (outer): 240 mm; Width (outer): 178 mm; Application: for A5 size 60.0261.1 Length (outer): 178 mm; Width (outer): 135 mm; Application: for A6 format 60.0261.2 Length (outer): 120 mm; Width (outer): 95 mm; Application: for business cards 60.0261.3 Open Base Acrylic Poster Holder "T Shape" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear Size: A3; Orientation: portrait 60.0017.1 Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0017.2 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0017.3 Size: A6; Orientation: portrait 60.0017.4 Size: 1/3 A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0017.5 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0017.6

148

148 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Menu Card Holder "Jordan" - with white base Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 + 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear / white; Orientation: portrait Size: A4 60.0016.1 Size: A5 60.0016.2 Menu Card Holder "Arum" - closed at the bottom Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Size: A4 60.0018.1 Size: A5 60.0018.2 Size: A6 60.0018.3 Size: 1/3 A4 60.0018.4 Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1 Printing available on request. Printing available on request.

149

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 149 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Menu Card Holder "Laurus", 2 parts - consisting of aluminium base and insert pocket made of 2 mm acrylic Orientation: portrait Aluminium base: 210 x 20 x 84 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A4 60.0134.1 Aluminium base: 148 x 20 x 84 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A5 60.0134.2 Aluminium base: 105 x 20 x 84 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: A6 60.0134.3 Aluminium base: 105 x 20 x 84 mm (W x H x D); Insert size: 1/3 A4 60.0134.6 Menu Card Holder "Ballota" with Cover Caps - consisting of aluminium base, acrylic pocket and 2 cover caps - cover caps in RAL 7016 can simply be attached to the aluminium base Orientation: portrait Insert size: A4 60.0134.15 Insert size: A5 60.0134.16 Insert size: A6 60.0134.17 Insert size: 1/3 A4 60.0134.18 Menu Card Holder "Rectangular Beech" - wooden base - printing on request - recycled material possible (incl. engraving according to photo) Material: wood + acrylic; Colour: natural; Orientation: portrait; Shape of base: square Insert size: A4; Version: standard 60.0135.1 Insert size: A5; Version: standard 60.0135.2 Insert size: A6; Version: standard 60.0135.3 Insert size: 1/3 A4; Version: standard 60.0135.5 Insert size: A4; Version: recycled acrylic 60.0135.28 Insert size: A5; Version: recycled acrylic 60.0135.29 Insert size: A6; Version: recycled acrylic 60.0135.30 Insert size: 1/3 A4; Version: recycled acrylic 60.0135.31

150

150 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P TableTop Display "Asarum" - consisting of plinth and pocket Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear; Insert size: 135 x 90 mm (H x W) 65.0163.1 Menu or Wine List Holder "Regia" - welded Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Width: 90 mm 65.0163.2 TableTop Display "Canina" - consisting of plinth and pocket Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear; Insert size: 135 x 90 mm (H x W) 65.0163.3

151

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 151 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Menu Card Holder "T-Shape" Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.9 mm; Orientation: portrait; Colour: crystal clear Insert size: A4 26.0056.1 Insert size: A5 26.0056.4 Insert size: A6 26.0056.2 Insert size: 1/3 A4 26.0056.3 Display "Ellipse" Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Menu Card Holder Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 1 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A3 (2x) 26.0489.1 Insert size: A4 (2x) 26.0489.2 Insert size: A5 26.0086.2 Insert size: A6 26.0086.1

152

152 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Menu Card Holder - anti-reflective Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm Insert size: A5; Orientation: landscape 26.0087.1 Insert size: A5; Orientation: portrait 26.0087.2 Insert size: A6; Orientation: landscape 26.0087.3 Insert size: A6; Orientation: portrait 26.0087.4 T-Display "Windy" - offers countless applications for powerful marketing - the mini display can be used as a tabletop stand in hospitality, as a shop display in a retailer, in chemists, beauty outlets, lottery shops and eletronics stores - prices are calculated for each project depending on the quantity and size of the motif Advantages: - rain and windproof - leaves no residue or damage - reuseable and repositionable - can be written on - delivered flat - recyclable - colourfast even in direct sunlight Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Colour: white; Size: customer request; Print / motif: customer request; Version: vacuum base 26.0665.10 Easy to remove! Simply slide from the surface. Convince youself with our product video!

153

Table Tents Acrylic Tent Display Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Insert width: 297 mm; Insert height: 105 mm 60.0014.1 Acrylic Table Tent Display Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear Size: A4; Orientation: portrait 60.0013.1 Size: A4; Orientation: landscape 60.0013.2 Size: A5; Orientation: portrait 60.0013.3 Size: A5; Orientation: landscape 60.0013.4 Size: A6; Orientation: portrait 60.0013.5 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape 60.0013.6 Size: A7; Orientation: portrait 60.0013.7 Size: A7; Orientation: landscape 60.0013.8

154

Tent Display Material: rigid film; Orientation: landscape anti-reflective 0.4 mm Insert size: A6 26.0009.1 clear 0.5 mm Insert size: A6 26.0009.6 Insert size: A7 26.0009.2 Insert size: A7 26.0009.8 renzel NATURE Insert size: A8 26.0009.3 Insert size: A8 26.0009.9 Insert size: A9 26.0009.4 Insert size: A9 26.0009.10 Manufactured from UV-stabilised plastic sheeting. Promotional print and special sizes on request! 2 1 Wooden Counter Display "Carum" - optimum reading angle - 2-sided - with clamp Material: ply wood; Material thickness: 4 mm; Width: 162mm Size: A5; Orientation: portrait; Height: 267 mm; Depth: 150 mm; Version: without slate lacquer 63.0207.1 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape; Height: 170 mm; Depth: 96 mm; Version: with slate varnish 63.0207.2 Size: A6; Orientation: landscape; Height: 170 mm; Depth: 96 mm; Version: without slate lacquer 63.0207.3 Tent Display "Flipover" Material: acrylic; Colour: crystal clear Incl. ring mechanism for A4 landscape Material thickness: 4 mm; Width: 300 mm; Height: 215 mm 60.0126.1 Incl. 2 ring binder for A5 landscape Material thickness: 3 mm; Width: 210 mm; Height: 155 mm 60.0126.2 1. 4 ring mechanism 2. 2 ring mechanism Customised finish available for 30+ pieces

155

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 155 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Multi-Sided Poster Stand Acrylic Display "Advertising Column" - for 1 A4 sheet in landscape format - cover and base plate made of black acrylic Material: acrylic; Diameter: 120 mm; Total height: 230 mm 60.0119.1 Y Shaped Multi-Sided Menu Holder Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A4 (3x) 60.0023.1 Insert size: A5 (3x) 60.0023.2 Insert size: A6 (3x) 60.0023.3 Acrylic Triangular Multi-Sided Menu Holder Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear Insert size: A4 (1x); 2 folds; Orientation: landscape 60.0024.1 Insert size: A5 (3x); Orientation: portrait 60.0024.2 Insert size: A6 (3x); Orientation: portrait 60.0024.3

156

156 Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets Display Bases 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Display Base "Repens" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 20 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Width: 80 mm; Depth: 80 mm 60.0299.1 Matching slot-in pockets can be found on page 98. Menu Card Holder "Outdoor" - ideal for food and beverage menus - incl. metal plate attached as counterweight Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: black; Width: 120 mm 60.0751.1 Particularly good stability through metal plate. Menu Card Holder "M-Shape" - insert for cards up to 2 mm thick Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear For A5 portrait cards; Width: 148 mm 60.0021.2 For A6 portrait cards; Width: 105 mm 60.0021.3

157

Telescopic Poster Stands with Frames and Pockets 157 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Menu Card Holder - insert for cards up to 2 mm thick Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear For A4 portrait cards; Size: A4 portrait / A5 landscape; Width: 210 mm 60.0022.1 For A5 portrait cards; Size: A5 portrait / A6 landscape; Width: 148 mm 60.0022.2 For A6 portrait cards; Size: A6 portrait / A7 landscape; Width: 105 mm 60.0022.3 Menu Card Holder "Universum", two-sided Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear Width: 100 mm; Height: 26 mm; Depth: 50 mm; Slot width: 1.5 mm 65.0008.1 Width: 150 mm; Height: 33 mm; Depth: 63 mm; Slot width: 1.5 mm 65.0008.2 Width: 210 mm; Height: 44 mm; Depth: 86 mm; Slot width: 2 mm 65.0008.3 PVC Menu Card Holder - with insert width: 1-1.5 mm Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Colour: anti-reflective Width of base: 105 mm; Height of base: 45 mm 26.0010.3 Width of base: 150 mm; Height of base: 55 mm 26.0010.2 Manufactured from UV-stabilised plastic sheeting.

158

158 Glass Displays 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Glass Bowl - customised finishing thanks to internal 3D laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Glass Pyramid - customised finishing thanks to internal 3D laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Material thickness: 10 mm; Colour: Optiwhite; Size: 270 x 270 mm; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification 26.0756.1 Material: glass; Colour: Optiwhite; Size: 60 x 60 x 50 mm; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification 26.0755.1 Glass Obelisk - customised finishing thanks to internal 3D laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Colour: Optiwhite; Size: 60 x 60 x 120 mm; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification 26.0754.1 Sphere in Glass - customised finishing thanks to internal 3D laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Colour: Optiwhite; Diameter: 100 mm; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification; Version: with flat base 26.0753.1

159

Glass Displays 159 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Cube in Glass - customised finishing thanks to internal 3D laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Colour: Optiwhite; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification; Version: with cut-off corner Size: 60 x 60 x 60 mm 26.0752.1 Size: 80 x 80 x 80 mm 26.0752.2 Round Stand in Glass - customised finishing thanks to internal laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Material thickness: 10 mm; Colour: Optiwhite; Diameter: 120 mm; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification 26.0751.1 Stand in Glass - customised finishing thanks to internal laser engraving - can be used as a cup, trophy or for celebratory occasions Material: glass; Material thickness: 10 mm; Colour: Optiwhite; Orientation: portrait; Engraving: to customer specification; Print / motif: to customer specification Size: 90 x 150 mm 26.0750.1 Size: 130 x 180 mm 26.0750.2 Size: 165 x 225 mm 26.0750.3

160

160 Multiple Frame Systems / Poster Stands With Snap Frame 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Snap Frame "Broker", 35 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - with passepartout to divide in to 4 or 6 sections - for A4 inserts - with U-pocket to position insert - waterproof through special seal and profile technology - with holes in lower profile to cover screws - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profilr for 1+ pieces - minimum frame size: A4 - maximum frame size: 1000 x 1900 mm Frame material: aluminium; Version: 1-sided Insert size: 6x A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Outer frame size: 795 x 718 mm (W x H) 50.0151.26 Insert size: 4x A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Outer frame size: 562 x 718 mm (W x H) 50.0151.27 1. Also available with coloured picture mount. 1

161

Multiple Frame Systems / Poster Stands 161 With Acrylic Pocket 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Info Presenter "Broker II" for 20 A4 Inserts - multiple poster stand made of aluminium - with 20 acrylic pockets - for inserts in A4 portrait format - also available for other formats on request - custom finish from 1 piece Info Presenter "Broker III" for 12 A4 Inserts - multiple poster stand made of aluminium - with 12 acrylic pockets - for inserts in A4 portrait format - also available for other formats on request - custom finish from 1 piece Version: 1-sided; Dimensions: 1060 x 1875 x 650 mm (W x H x D)  50.0087.4 Version: 1-sided; Header board size: 795 x 180 mm (W x H); Dimensions: 800 x 1620 x 650 mm (W x H x D) 50.0088.5 

162

162 Multiple Frame Systems / Poster Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Broker Display "Construct" - advertising space for presentation on both sides - aluminium frame profile available in silver anodised or black powder coated - acrylic U-pockets for inserts in A4 portrait format - available as a single or double column version - present your offers in car dealerships, travel agencies or estate agents, for example - the display is supplied part-assembled and includes a plastic hammer Frame material: aluminium / plastic; Profile type: square tube, 25 x 25 x 1.5 mm; Height: 1800 mm; Depth: 400 mm 1 Frame colour silver anodised / grey Number of acrylic pockets: 4 one above the other; Width: 500 mm 51.0229.16 Number of acrylic pockets: 2 next to one another, 4 above one another; Width: 750 mm 51.0229.17 Frame colour black similar to RAL 9005 / black Number of acrylic pockets: 4 one above the other; Width: 500 mm 51.0229.19 Number of acrylic pockets: 2 next to one another, 4 above one another; Width: 750 mm 51.0229.20 Special versions are possible due to in-house production. Please feel free to contact us! 1. Also available as Broker Display "Quattro" (51.0004.50) in our online shop!

163

Price List Holder - on height-adjustable scissor arm (550-750 mm) - information boards in A4 portrait format can be pulled up easily Base frame material: metal; Frame material: plastic; Colour of frame: white; Frame colour: assorted colours; Number of frames: 10; Shape of base: square 100 x 100 mm with 4 holes 53.0143.9 Freestanding Display "Infosign" - consisting of: - 5 A4 frames in assorted colours - joint at the back of the casing - upright (extendable 400-700 mm) - format: A4 portrait 53.0141. Matching U-pockets can be found on page 107. Single colour frames also available. Replacement Frame 53.0136. can be found online at www.vkf-renzel.com.

164

164 Info Displays | Info Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Price List Holder "Z Series" - the joint on the back of the casing allows the reading angle of the boards to be adjusted - base plate can be fixed with screws for stabilisation - upright is continuously height adjustable 700-900 mm - suitable U-pockets can be found under poster frame accessories Base frame material: metal; Frame material: plastic; Colour of frame: silver similar to RAL 9006; Frame colour: assorted colours; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait Price List Holder "Z 5" Number of frames: 5 53.0299.2 Price List Holder "Z 10" Number of frames: 10 53.0299.13 1 Wall-Mounted Flip Display "Series Z" - wall bracket incl. poster frame - suitable U-pockets can be found under poster frame accessories Wall bracket material: metal; Wall bracket colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Frame colour: assorted colours; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait Wall-Mounted Flip Display "Z 5" Number of frames: 5 53.0300.2 Wall-Mounted Flip Display "Z 10" Number of frames: 10 53.0300.12 Frame also available in a single colour. Frame also available in a single colour. 1. 53.0300.2 Replacement Frame 53.0136. can be found online at www.vkf-renzel.com. Wall Bracket "Infosign" - with 5 A4 frames - wall bracket made of black plastic - your choice of frame colour - without PVC pockets 53.0145. Matching U-pockets are on page 107.

165

Info Displays | Info Stands 165 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Wall-Mounted Flip File Display "Technic" Wall bracket material: metal; Frame material: plastic with wire casing; Wall bracket colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Frame colour: 2x each of blue, red, yellow, green and black; Orientation: portrait; Number of frames: 10; Features: with 5 x 50 mm tabs with blank label Poster insert size: A3 53.0153.8 Poster insert size: A4 53.0152.8 Poster insert size: A5 53.0151.8 Corresponding replacement boards can be found under article numbers 53.0155.8, 53.0154.8 and 53.0041.8 in our online shop. Wall Display "EasyMount QuickLoad" - wall bracket made of metal (black coated) - incl. 10 A4 QuickLoad pockets in portrait format - pockets available in the colours: red, blue, yellow, green, white, black or assorted colours (2 boards each in red, blue, green, white and black) 53.0157. Please specify the colour required. Magnetic wallmounted components in A4 and A5 can be found online. Tabletop Flip Display "EasyMount QuickLoad" - table frame made of metal (black coated) - incl. 10 A4 QuickLoad pockets in portrait format - pockets available in the colours: red, blue, yellow, green, white, black or assorted colours (2 pockets each in red, blue, green, white and black) 53.0158. Please specify the colour required.

166

166 Info Displays | Info Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Desktop Flip Display Stand "QuickLoad" Base frame material: metal; Frame material: plastic; Colour of frame: grey similar to RAL 7035; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait Frame colour: 2x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 10 53.0159.9 Frame colour: 4x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 20 53.0160.9 Frame colour: 6x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 30 53.0161.9 Frame colour: 10x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 50 53.0162.9 Wall-Mounted Flip Display "QuickLoad" Wall bracket material: metal; Frame material: plastic; Wall bracket colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait Frame colour: 2x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 10 53.0163.9 Frame colour: 4x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 20 53.0164.9 Frame colour: 6x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 30 53.0165.9 Frame colour: 10x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 50 53.0166.9 Price List Holder "Quickload" - price list holder can be attached to a tabletop using the screw clamp Base frame material: metal; Frame material: plastic; Colour of frame: grey similar to RAL 7035; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Pole length: 400-700 mm; Shape of base: screw clamp; Clamp width: max. 60 mm Frame colour: 2x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 10 53.0168.9 Frame colour: 4x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 20 53.0169.9 Frame colour: 6x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 30 53.0170.9 Frame colour: 10x each of red, blue, green, white and black; Number of frames: 50 53.0171.9

167

Info Displays | Info Stands 167 Price List Holder "VIP" for Counters - the angle can be easily adjusted by means of a joint on the back component Base frame material: metal / aluminium; Frame material: plastic; Frame colour: anthracite; Poster insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Height: 470 mm; Number of frames: 10 53.0172.1 Available on request with 20 flip frames. Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1

168

Flip Display "QuickLoad" - suitable for all QuickLoad systems - colour: red, blue, yellow, green, black, white or assorted colours (2 frames each red, blue, green, white and black) - format: A4 portrait 53.0042. 168 Info Displays | Info Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 51.0147.1 51.0147.1 51.0174.4 51.0174.4 Wall-Mounted Flip Display "Multi TO" - five pivoting aluminium insert frames "Multi" - for holding posters or panels up to 4.5 mm thick - easy exchange of frame contents - custom dimensions possible through in-house production - accessories available in the online shop (covers, etc.) Material: aluminium / plastic / steel; Colour: silver anodised / black; Profile width: 30 mm; Orientation: portrait; Insert: on the long side (front of frame) Insert size: 5x A3 (297 x 420 mm) 51.0147.1 Insert size: 5x A1 (594 x 841 mm) 51.0147.4 Also available with insert at the back of the frame.

169

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 169 renzel NATURE 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P - Presentation of posters and information material at the point of sale - Discover a variety of different models - Customisation available Please contact us. We will be happy to advise you! Poster Stand "Madera" with clamps - material: wood - wood effect: dark - with clamps on both sides for 3 posters in A4 - branding possible from 20 pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: 6x A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Total height: 1480mm 50.0209.13  1. Illustration with optional branding. 1

170

170 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Stand "20 / 30" - offers double-sided presentation for your advertising media - incl. two silver anodised aluminium snap frames - the snap frames are attached by means of adapters mounted on the rear - good stability due to steel base plate Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait; Base frame material: aluminium; Profile type: rectangle tubing, 20 x 30 mm; Colour of frame: silver anodised; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 400 mm; Total height: 1800 mm Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 51.0258.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 51.0258.2 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 51.0258.12 Poster Stand with A4 Leaflet Holders "Quattro" - incl. silver anodised aluminium snap frame - incl. two crystal clear acrylic leaflet holders - snap frame can be hung - leaflet holders can be screwed into the channels of the "Quattro" upright - good stability due to a steel base Version: 1-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Material of upright: aluminium; Profile type: square bar 45 x 45mm; Colour of upright: silver anodised; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 450 mm; Dispenser size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Total height: 1800 mm 51.0002.1 Bespoke finishes also available through our in-house production.

171

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 171 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 51.0228.1 51.0228.1 51.0228.4 51.0228.4 1 2 Extendable Poster Stand "Como" - continuously height adjustable - incl. silver anodised aluminium snap frame - base frame made of silver anodised aluminium tubes and a steel base plate powder coated in silver similar to RAL 9006 - snap frame is attached to the extendable upright (ø 16 mm) by means of plastic clips Version: 1-sided; Tube diameter: 16 / 20 mm; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: 1350-2000 mm Insert A4 (210 x 297 mm) Orientation: portrait 51.0228.1 Orientation: landscape 51.0228.2 Insert A3 (297 x 420 mm) Orientation: portrait 51.0228.3 Orientation: landscape 51.0228.4 The snap frames incl. plastic clips are available in different sizes. 1. Use more frames from the "Como" range for more advertising space! Pictures shows snap frames in A4 (50.0003.823) and A3 (50.0003.88). 2. Pictured with Leaflet Holder "Como" 51.0045.1.

172

172 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 51.0257.1 51.0257.1 51.0257.2 51.0257.2 Poster and Leaflet Stand "Construct Black" - black anodised aluminium snap frame - incl. black plastic brochure compartment Version: 1-sided; Orientation: portrait; Base frame material: aluminium; Profile type: square tube, 20 x 20 x 1.5 mm; Colour of frame: black similar to RAL 9005; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: black similar to RAL 9005; Base diameter: 255 mm; Dispenser size: 1/3 A4 (105 x 210 mm) portrait; Total height: 1600 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 51.0257.1 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 51.0257.2 Floorstanding Poster Stand "Multi" - for panel or poster presentation - a silver powder coated steel base plate serves as a stand Version: 2-sided; Frame material: aluminium; Frame colour: silver anodised; Profile width: 30 mm; Insert size: 250 x 1300 mm; Orientation: portrait; Insert: on short side; Insert thickness: max. 4.5 mm; Size of base: 300 x 300 mm (W x D) Type of cover sheet: without cover 51.0264.1 Type of cover sheet: 2, UV-stabilised; Features: with white plastic panel 51.0264.3 1. Example of use incl. digitally printed plastic panel. 1

173

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 173 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 2 Poster Display "Construct-Black" - for 3 posters in A4 portrait format - ideal for changing campaigns - inserts can be replaced quickly and easily - including additional, printable advertising space - for indoor use Version: 1-sided; Finish: incl. 3 acrylic U-pockets A4 (60.0149.33); Panel material: plastic; Panel colour: white; Print / motif: to customer specification; Base frame material: aluminium / plastic; Profile type: square tube, 20 x 20 x 1.5 mm; Colour of frame: black similar to RAL 9005 / black; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: black similar to RAL 9005; Total width: 450 mm; Total height: 1800 mm; Total depth: 450 mm 51.0337.12 1. Example of use with example print and inserts 2. Other versions can be found in our online shop!

174

174 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Advertising Display "Construct" - changeable advertising space due to two silver anodised aluminium snap frames - digitally printed panels can be added as additional, permanent advertising space - base frame made of silver anodised aluminium square tubes with grey plastic corners - two silver powder coated steel feet similar to RAL 9006 Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Panel material: without panel; Profile type: square tube, 25 x 25 x 1.5 mm; Total height: 1800 mm; Depth: 450 mm 51.0246.2  Mobile Advertising Display "Construct" Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Profile type: square tube, 30 x 30 x 1,5 mm; Number of wheels: 4, 2 with brakes; Total height: 1800 mm; Depth: 500 mm 51.0246.20  1. Special version with FlexiSlot® slatwall surface on both sides and leaflet compartments. We would be happy to provide you with a customised quote!

175

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 175 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Promotional Display "Construct Black" - plain display for alternating advertising - directly from the manufacturer - aluminium snap frame in A1 portrait format - easy poster change Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Profile type: square tube, 25 x 25 x 1.5 mm; Total height: 1800 mm; Depth: 450 mm 51.0246.13  1. Example of use Also available as a mobile version in our online shop. Poster Stand "Cross" - for posters in A1 format - brochure holder A4 portrait format - high stability thanks to steel base - frame incl. polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - other formats possible from 1 piece Total height: 1700 mm Version: 1-sided; Colour: silver 50.0369.1 Version: 2-sided; Colour: silver 50.0369.2 Version: 1-sided; Colour: black 50.0369.3 Version: 2-sided; Colour: black 50.0369.4

176

176 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 1 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Stand "Kavero XL" Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Insert size: A1; Orientation: portrait; Total width: 570 mm; Total height: 1648 mm; Total depth: 430 mm; Fill depth: approx. 8 mm when using the covers; x-sided: 2-sided; Features: incl. 2 covers made of 0.7 mm PET 53.0482.1 1. Example of use 2. Example of use with leaflet shelf (not included) 2 1 2 Tray for Poster Stand "Kavero XL" Material: steel; Material thickness: 1.2 mm; Surface: powder coated; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Width (inside): 213mm; Height (inside): 300 mm; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 25 mm 54.0122.5 1. Example of use 2. Example of use

177

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 177 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster and Leaflet Display "Tondo XL NG" - single-sided poster stand with leaflet holder - for posters in A0 and A1 portrait format - silver anodised snap frame with 32 mm profile - frame incl. polystyrene rear panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - silver ladder effect basic frame with steel stand - leaflet holder A4 with 40 mm fill depth - using the rungs of the upright, it is possible to fix the frame as well as theleaflet holder at an optimal height - double-sided from 1 piece - snap frame / leaflet holder in other sizes from 1 piece - snap frame with RAL powder coated upper profiles from 1 piece Orientation: portrait; Type of corner: mitred; Base diameter: 320 mm; Dispenser size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) portrait; Total height: 1850 mm Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm) 50.0081.13 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0081.28   We also have a leaflet stand (54.0067.5) in our range in the same finish - see page 54.

178

178 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Insert Display "Eco I" - 2-sided poster stand - for posters in A1 portrait format - slide-in frame with opaque partition and 2 anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - for posters or boards up to 6 mm thick - special sizes from 1 piece - RAL powder coated from 1 piece Total width: 656 mm; Total height: 1595 mm; Total depth: 380 mm Colour: black, powder coated 50.0115.4 Colour: silver anodised 50.0115.3   Poster Stand "Eco III" - 2-sided poster stand for indoor use - insert dimensions 500 x 1700 mm - for up to 6 mm thick panel materials - custom finishes from 1 piece - RAL powder coated from 1 piece Total width: 523 mm; Total height: 1723 mm; Total depth: 380 mm Colour: silver anodised 50.0115.19 Colour: black, powder coated 50.0115.20   Further accessories for this poster stand can be found online.

179

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 179 Poster Display "TOMA" with Magnetic Pockets - high stability with a weight of 40 kg - double-sided poster stand - for 2 posters in A1 portrait - powder coated metal - 2 anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets with magnetic tape surround - leaflet tray or product holder available as accessories - custom sizes for 5+ pieces - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces Material: steel; Dimensions: 624 x 1.800 x 490 mm (W x H x D); Features: with holes for mounting accessories Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006, powder coated 50.0228.1 Colour: grey similar to RAL 7021, gloss powder coated 50.0228.11   1. Poster Display "TOMA" with leaflet shelf attached 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Weighs 40 kg. 1 1 1 Shelving Tray for Poster Display "TOMA" - for screwing into existing drill holes - clear acrylic Dispenser size: 624 x 120 mm (W x D); Fill depth: 20 mm 50.0093.11 1. Poster Display "TOMA" with attached shelf Leaflet Shelf for Poster Display "TOMA" - to screw to existing holes - for 3 A4 leaflets - clear acrylic Dispenser size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 50 mm 50.0093.12 1. Poster Display "TOMA" with leaflet shelf attached

180

180 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 2 Poster Stand "Info" with Header Board - moves on 4 wheels, 2 with brakes - 3 mm aluminium gheder board can be used on both sides - snap frame incl. polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - customised header boards for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces - custom finishes for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Dispenser size: without; Header board: yes; Number of wheels: 4, 2 with brakes; Total height: 1950 mm 50.0083.20  1. Pictured incl. accessories: Leaflet Tray 50.0093.24 2. Custom design header boards available for orders of just 1 piece. 1 Double-Sided Leaflet Shelf for Poster Stand "Info" - for hanging over the crossbar of the poster stand - clear acrylic Dispenser size: 3x A4 (210 x 297 mm), double-sided; Orientation: portrait; Fill depth: 40 mm 50.0093.24

181

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 181 Poster Stand "Info", 32 mm profile, double-sided, with rounded corners, silver anodised - snap frame incl. polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces - custom finishes for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Dispenser size: without; Total height: 1800 mm 50.0083.2  1. Pictured incl. accessories: Leaflet Tray 50.0093.24 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1

182

182 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use Price and Info Displays 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 2 Price and Info Display - optimum presentation thanks to the angle of inclination - the aluminium snap frame can be used in both portrait and landscape format Base frame material: aluminium; Colour of frame: silver anodised; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: 1000 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 51.0019.4 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 51.0019.3 Info Display "Curved", 25 mm Profile, silver anodised - optimum reading angle - with snap frame for A4 or A3 posters - mitred or rounded corners - can be used in portrait or landscape format - upright can be mounted convex or concave - frame incl. polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - silver anodised aluminium upright and silver powder coated steel base - RAL powder coated for 1+ pieces - custom finishes for 1+ pieces Size of base: 245 x 320 mm (W x H); Total height: approx. 1100 mm Mitre Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0256.1 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0256.2 Round Colour of corners: chrome plated; Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0256.3 Colour of corners: chrome plated; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0256.4 Also available in black at www.vkf-renzel.com. 1. Detailed view of mitred corner 2. Detailed view of rounded corner

183

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 183 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Extendable Infodisplay "Extend" - optimum reading angle - with black snap frame for posters in A4 or A3 - can be used in portrait and landscape format - with mitred corners - extendable upright - frame incl. polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - black steel upright and base - RAL colours from 1 piece - custom sizes from 1 piece Size of base: ø 305 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm); Total height: approx. 923-1428 mm 50.0318.3 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Total height: approx. 800-1305 mm 50.0318.4 Also available in silver at short notice at www.vkf-renzel.com.

184

184 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Price and Info Display - optimal reading angle - presentation option in A1 landscape format - snap frame incl. polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover - base frame made of 2 silver anodised aluminium square tubes and an oval steel base plate Frame material: aluminium; Frame colour: silver anodised; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size of base: 700 x 400 mm (W x D); Total height: 1130 mm 51.0019.55 Also available in portrait format! Poster Stand "Info" - with a transparent acrylic pocket for a poster in A4 format Material: metal / acrylic; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Width: 235 mm; Height: 800 mm; Depth: 325 mm 57.0105.1

185

Showroom Display "Z" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 6 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Insert size: A4; Orientation: portrait; Height: 800 mm 60.0026.1 Showroom Display "Paris" - optimal reading angle - frameless poster presentation with an acrylic U-pocket - simple base frame made of silver anodised aluminium round tubes - steel base plate offers sufficient stability Orientation: portrait; Base diameter: 255 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm); Tube diameter: 20 mm; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Total height: 1280 mm 51.0063.1 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Tube diameter: 12 mm; Colour of base: grey similar to RAL 7035; Total height: 1150 mm 51.0063.2 Insert size: A5 (148 x 210 mm); Tube diameter: 12 mm; Colour of base: grey similar to RAL 7035; Total height: 1080 mm 51.0063.3 Also available as a tabletop display (page 141).

186

186 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showroom Display "Construct Black" - optimum reading angle - base frame made of black powder coated aluminium square tubing "Construct" - two acrylic U-pockets - frame can be folded for transport Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Profile type: square tube, 20 x 20 x 1.5 mm; Size of base: 180 x 335 mm (W x T); Width: 215 mm; Height: 1300 mm; Depth: 340 mm 51.0184.9 1. Also available in our online shop with a silver anodised finish (example of use of 51.0184.1)! 1 Also available in special sizes.

187

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 187 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Showroom Poster Stand "Construct" - simple poster display - doublesided presentation option for your advertising media - 2 acrylic U-pockets for A4 portrait format - customisable - plain poster display Version: 2-sided; Number of acrylic pockets: 1 per side; Base frame material: aluminium / plastic; Profile type: square tube, 20 x 20 x 1.5 mm; Colour of frame: silver anodised / grey; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Size of base: 300 x 300 mm (W x D); Width: 300 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 300 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm); Orientation: portrait 51.0184.10 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: landscape 51.0184.11 Information Stand "Construct-Black" Version: 2-sided; Number of acrylic pockets: 1 per side; Base frame material: aluminium / plastic; Profile type: square tube, 20 x 20 x 1.5 mm; Colour of frame: black similar to RAL 9005 / black; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: black similar to RAL 9005; Size of base: 300 x 300 mm (W x D); Width: 300 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 300 mm Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm); Orientation: portrait 51.0184.12 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: landscape 51.0184.13

188

188 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use renzel NATURE 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Info Display "Brushed" - optimum reading angle - body made of brushed aluminium - sturdy, silver lacquered MDF base - mounted using a cable system - bespoke finishes from 1 piece Infodisplay "Brushed Madera - M" - optimum reading angle - wooden body - info display in modern design - tool-free assembly thanks to slot together system - bespoke finishes from 1 piece Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Poster insert material: acrylic; Size of base: 250 x 350 mm (W x D); Total height: 1140 mm 50.0257.1 Material: wood - multiplex / aluminium / acrylic; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait; Total height: 1100 mm 50.0257.6 We also have a leaflet stand in our range in the same finish - see page 65 We also have a leaflet stand in our range in the same finish - see page 65

189

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 189 1 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 2 3 4 Floorstanding Display "Capri" - modern brochure stand curved backward - can be fitted with an acrylic C-pocket Material: metal sheet; Surface: powder coated (textured); Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Width: 300 mm; Height: 1050 mm; Depth: 350 mm 57.0065.1 Floorstanding Display "Unitex" - held taught with steel cable - incl. A4 or A3 door sign for self-labelling from the series "G", "K", "L" or "M" - please indicate the desired sign when ordering Material: aluminium; Material of base: plastic; Surface: anodised; Colour: silver; Colour of base: black; Total height: 1200 mm C-Pocket for Floorstanding Display "Capri" Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Fixing: 2x 19 mm foam adhesive tape Insert size: A3, portrait 60.0146.1 Insert size: A4, portrait 60.0146.2 Insert size: A4, landscape 60.0146.3 Delivery excludes acrylic C-pocket. Printing available, price on request. 1. C-pocket for Floorstanding Display "Capri". Insert size: A4; Width: 270 mm 12.0090.11 Insert size: A3; Width: 360 mm 12.0090.12 1. "G" series 2. "K" series 3. "L" series 4. "M" series

190

190 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use Floorstanding Poster Stand with Plastic Frame 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Floorstanding Showcard Stand "Maxi" - Consisting of: - heavy, round, grey powder coated metal base plate with ø 255 mm - chrome effect upright (extendable 850-1500 mm) - T-piece and frame in the colours: orange, red, grey, green, blue, yellow, white or black Poster insert size: A3 53.0123. Poster insert size: A4 53.0122. Freestanding Showcard Stand "Profit" - Consisting of: - heavy, round metal base plate with ø 255 mm - chrome effect upright - T-piece and frame in the colours: orange, red, grey, green, blue, yellow, white or black - grey powder coated Poster insert size: A3 53.0125. Poster insert size: A4 53.0124. 1 Also available with a sprayed frame (similar to RAL 9006). Other colours can be found in our online shop. 1. Colour examples: Yellow similar to RAL 1018 Red similar to RAL 3000 Orange similar to RAL 2008 Green similar to RAL 6032 Blue similar to RAL 5015 White similar to RAL 9010 Black similar to RAL 9005 Grey similar to RAL 7035 2. Special colours: silver and transparent 2

191

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 191 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Floorstanding Showcard Stand "Maxi XT-New" - consisting of: - round, heavy metal base plate - extendable pole, incl. transparent holder (length: 149 mm) - 1x acrylic pocket Colour of base: grey similar to RAL 7035; Orientation: portrait; Base diameter: 255 mm; Pole length: 850-1500 mm Floorstanding Showcard Stand "VZ" - Consisting of: - galvanised metal base plate with ø 255 mm - black pole holder - black telescopic pole (extendable750-1500 mm) - telescopic fixing and transparent T-piece - the poster frames are available in the standard colours yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black, grey and transparent Poster insert size: A3 53.0126.2 Poster insert size: A4 53.0126.1 Poster insert size: A3 53.0129. Poster insert size: A4 53.0127. Acrylic pockets in special sizes on request.

192

192 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use Pallet Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pallet Poster Stand "Chep I" - for sliding underneath - a secure stand is guaranteed by loading the base - Consisting of: - base - chrome effect pole (extendable 1050-1900 mm) - incl. T-piece and coloured frame - the poster frames are available in the standard colours black, blue, green, red, orange, yellow, grey, white and transparent Poster insert size: A3 53.0132. Poster insert size: A4 53.0131. Pallet Stand "Chep III" - for sliding underneath - a secure footing is guaranteed by loading the foot plate - Consisting of: - base - chrome effect pole (extendable 1050-1900 mm) - boom (320 mm) incl. black end ball is connected with a corner bracket - tube clamps (the coloured frame is attached to the bracket) - the poster frames are available in the standard colours yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black, grey and transparent Format: A4 portrait/landscape 53.0134.

193

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 193 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pallet Stand "Chep IV" - for sliding underneath - a secure footing is guaranteed by loading the base - the chrome effect pole can be extended 1050-1900 mm using Pallet Stand "Tabany" - for sliding underneath - steel pole holder - flat base a locking lever - 2 stabilisers (320 mm) incl. black end balls are connected with a T-holder - the coloured frames are attached to the bracket using tube clamps - colour: orange, red, grey, green, yellow, blue, white, black or transparent - format: 2x A4 portrait / landscape 53.0135. Pole material: aluminium; Material of base: steel; Tubing surface: anodised; Surface of base: powder coated; Pole colour: silver; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Frame colour: black similar to RAL 9005; T-piece colour: transparent; Poster insert size: A4; Pole length: 1050-1900 mm 53.0478.7 A3 size and other colours can be found in our online shop.

194

194 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pallet Stand "Light" - to slide under - Consisting of: - galvanised metal base plate - chrome round tube (ø 16 mm) - curved round tube (ø 13 mm) with crossbar - 2 attached clips with clamping effect allow a secure hold of a light poster (max. distance between the clips: 330 mm) Size of base: 310 x 250 x 2 mm (W x H x D); Bracket length: 370 mm (lower wire 340 mm); Pole length: approx. 1160-2000 mm 53.0297.1 Pallet Stand "Light Dual" - consisting of: - 1 galvanised metal base plate - 1 extendable pole with 2 brackets - 4 attached clips with clamp to ensure secure hold on light posters Material: steel; Surface: galvanised / chrome plated; Colour: chrome / grey; Size of base: 340 x 280 x 2 mm (W x H x D); Bracket length: 2x 370 mm (lower wire 2x 340 mm); Pole length: approx. 1050-2100 mm 53.0297.3

195

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 195 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Pallet Stand "Up" - for marking or labelling products - for sliding under - Consisting of: - metal base plate (250 x 300 mm) - 1700 mm long round tube (ø 22 mm) Material: metal; Surface: powder coated; Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006; Pole length: 1700 mm; Tube diameter: 22 mm; Base width: 250 mm; Base depth: 300 mm 57.0095.1 Universal Pallet Stand - for price labelling on pallets - to clip on - extendable up to 2000 mm - butterfly screws allow easy extension out of the steel tube - frame made of strong plastic available in the colours: yellow, red, orange, green, blue, white, black or grey - size: A3 portrait / landscape 53.0182. Clamps and frames are not included in the delivery. 1. Pictured including accessories: - tube clamp (53.0071.6) (see page 111) - poster frame (see page 104) - U-pockets (see page 107)

196

196 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 1 Euro Pallet Clip - by simply putting our poles on the clamps, the profile can be used as a pallet stand, together with T-piece and frame - suitable poles can be found under article numbers: 53.0101.1-53.0101.6 - suitable T-pieces and frames can be found under article numbers: 53.0070. and 53.0003. Material: metal sheet; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour of base: zinc-plated; Tube diameter: 10 mm; Width: 40 mm; Height: 140 mm; Depth: 128 / 100 mm; Application: for 12 mm poles 53.0407.2 Pallet Display "Construct" - one-sided poster presentation with aluminium snap frame in A1 portrait format - convenient, variable clamping function with 2 pallet clamps - for fixing to Euro pallets using locking screws Version: 1-sided; Base frame material: aluminium / plastic; Profile type: square tube, 30 x 30 x 1,5 mm; Colour of frame: silver anodised / black; Frame material: aluminium; Frame colour: silver anodised; Profile width: 25 mm; Type of corner: mitred; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Type of cover sheet: anti-reflective, UV-stabilised; Waterproof: no; Width: 660 mm; Height: 1500 mm; Depth: 192mm 51.0344.3 1. The pallet clips (51.0358.1) are also available separately in our online shop!

197

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 197 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pallet Price Display System "Construct" - silver anodised aluminium poster rail with perforated strip offers plenty of space for labelling your products - two uprights made of silver anodised aluminium square tubes, height adjustable in increments of 200 mm - incl. powder coated feet (can be screwed onto the uprights) - fixed height adjustment offers uniformity when several systems are arranged in a row Rail width: 2500 mm; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Total height: 1800-3000 mm 51.0169.1  1. Example of use: exact size for price labelling of 2 europallets lengthways and 3 widthways. Special finishes available on request! 1

198

198 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use Crossbars 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Floor Display "Como" - poster frame up to A3 landscape can be used - extendable, silver anodised aluminium pole - steel base silver powder coated similar to RAL 9006 Version: crossbar 1-sided; Bracket length: 450 mm; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: 1350-2500 mm 51.0015.1 1. Pictured with accessories: - Tube clamp (53.0071.4) can be found in our online shop. - Poster frame (see page 104) - U-pocket (see page 107) 1 Pallet Display "Quattro Big" - suitable for posters up to a size of A1 portrait - base frame consisting of a base to be weighted down and a steel square tube (silver, similar to RAL 9006) - silver anodised aluminium profile "Quattro" as the upper part of the gallows - infinitely height-adjustable Version: crossbar 1-sided; Bracket length: 630 mm; Material of base: steel; Size of base: 495 x 245 mm (W x D); Total height: 1700-2900 mm 51.0016.1 Also available in special sizes made in our in-house production facility.

199

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use 199 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Poster Display "Como Hook" - double-sided crossbar with 2 poster U-pockets - infinitely extendable basic frame made of silver anodised aluminium round tubing - modern and innovative design with easy assembly - quick, manual change of price and information labelling without tools 1 Version: 2-sided; Bracket length: 340 mm; Material of base: steel; Colour of base: silver similar to RAL 9006; Base diameter: 255 mm; Total height: 1350-2500 mm Accessories: incl. 2 poster pockets A3 portrait (26.0095.658) 51.0327.1 Accessories: incl. 2 poster pockets A4 portrait (26.0095.582) 51.0327.2 1. Example of use

200

200 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Indoor Use Easels 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Easel "NG" - stable, foldable design ensures optimal transport and space-saving storage - adjustable pins on 5 levels allow for different sized pictures or frames to be accommodated Material: square profile; Surface: powder coated; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7040; Height: 1500 mm 53.0034.17 Stretch Frame Pavement Sign - frameless look - double-sided presentation in A1 format - printed decorative banner included - easy hanging of the banner via circumferential piping - steel feet for stability - indoor only - special sizes on request - replacement textile banner on request Version: 2-sided; Frame material: aluminium; Frame colour: silver anodised; Frame size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Features: incl. printed banner 50.0322.1

201

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 201 1 Pavement Signs Pavement Sign, 32 mm profile, double-sided, with rounded corners, silver anodised - weather resistant, galvanised metal back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - frame and base silver anodised - accessories such as header boards or wire hanging baskets are available as optional extras - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1400 mm 50.0059.5 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1200 mm 50.0059.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm); Total height: 900 mm 50.0059.2 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1140 mm 50.0059.4   1. Picture incl. header board. 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pavement Sign, 32 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - weather resistant, galvanised metal back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - frame and base silver anodised - accessories such as header boards or wire hanging baskets are available as optional extras - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1400 mm 50.0055.5 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1200 mm 50.0055.1  In A1 also available in black (article 50.0055.67) at www.vkf-renzel.com.

202

202 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pavement Sign, 25 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - accessories such as header board or wire hanging baskets available as optional extras - custom sizes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0053.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0053.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0053.3 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0053.4 Pavement Sign, 25 mm profile, double-sided, with rounded corners, silver anodised - weather resistant polystyrene back panel and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet - accessories such as header board or wire hanging baskets available as optional extras - custom sizes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm) 50.0057.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm) 50.0057.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0057.3 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm 50.0057.4

203

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 203 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Pavement Sign "Baltic", 25 mm profile, doublesided, with rounded corners, silver anodised - weather-resistant polystyrene back panels and non-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - special designs from 1 piece - RAL powder coated top profiles and / or base frame from 1 piece Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1150 mm 50.0371.1 Waterproof Pavement Sign "Eco 35", 35 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - waterproof through rubber seal surround on the back panels and special profile technology - Weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - accessories such as header boards or wire hanging baskets are available as optional extr-s - custom finishes for 1+ piece - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1330 mm 50.0155.3 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1100 mm 50.0155.1 Insert size: A2 (420 x 594 mm); Total height: 870 mm 50.0155.2 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm); Total height: 910 mm 50.0155.4 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1400 mm 50.0155.6   More waterproof pavement signs can be found in our webshop.

204

204 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Pavement Sign "Eco 35", 35 mm profile, doublesided, with mitred corners, black - rainproof due to rubber sealing all around the rear walls and special profile technology - weather-resistant polystyrene rear panels and non-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - black powder coated frame and base frame - accessories, such as top sign or wire hanging baskets, optionally available - special designs from 1 piece Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes; Total height: 1100 mm 50.0155.22 More waterproof pavement signs can be found in our webshop. Waterproof Pavement Sign "RT", 35 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - with integrated aluminum promotional panel measuring 250 x 230 mm (W x H) - waterproof through rubber seal surround on the back panels and special profile technology - weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - accessories such as header boards or wire hanging baskets are available as optional extras - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes; Total height: 1150 mm 50.0155.14

205

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 205 Pavement Sign with Header Board 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Pavement Sign "Smart", 25 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised Waterproof Pavement Sign "Topic", 25 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - with fixed, built-in header board in silver anodised aluminium - waterproof trough rubber seal surround on the bacl panels and special profile technology - with fixed, built-in header board and removable panels in aluminium composite - waterproof through rubber seal surround on the back panels - weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective. and special profile technology UV-stabilised cover sheets - customised header board for 1+ pieces - accessories such as hanging wire baskets available as optional extras - custom finished for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profilr and / or header board for 1+ pieces - weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - customised header board for 1+ pieces - accessories such as wire hanging baskets available as optional extras - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes; Width of header board: 638 mm; Height of header board: approx. 200 mm; Print / motif: without; Total height: 1450 mm 50.0061.4 Version: 2-sided; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes; Width of header board: 642 mm; Height of header board: 150 mm; Total height: 1165 mm 50.0061.10

206

206 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Pavement Sign "Nordic", 35 mm profile, doublesided, black - with firmly integrated top sign - rainproof due to rubber gasket and special profile technology - weather-resistant polystyrene back panels and non-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - individual design of the top sign possible from 1 piece upwards - rustic and authentic design Print/motif: without Info Display "Curved Outdoor", 25 mm Profile, black - optimum reading angle - with snap frame for posters in A4 or A3 - rainproof snap frame - can be used in portrait and landscape format - incl. holes for fixing to the floor - custom sizes and RAL colours from 1 piece available on request Colour: black similar to RAL 9005 (matt); Type of corner: mitred; Size of base: ø 350 mm; Waterproof: yes; Total height: approx. 1200 mm Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: approx. 1490 mm  50.0324.1 Insert size: 500 x 700 mm; Total height: approx. 1302 mm  50.0324.2 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: approx. 1703 mm  50.0324.3 Insert size: A3 (297 x 420 mm) 50.0256.18 Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0256.19 Dog Refreshing Station NG - for feeding your four-legged guests - with 2 stainless steel feeding bowls - incl. rainproof snap frame - sturdy base Material: aluminium / stainless steel; Surface: powder coated; Width: 640 mm; Height: 1000 mm; Depth: 420 mm; Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Features: 2 bowls with 2.5 l content each; Waterproof: yes Colour: silver similar to RAL 9006 59.2870.11 Colour: black similar to RAL 9005 59.2870.12

207

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 207 Triangular Stands 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Triangular Stand "Solid - ECO", 32 mm profile, with mitred corners, silver anodised - optimum 360 degree display of your logo - with 3 strong 60 mm diameter aluminium uprights - metal back panels with a cover sheet attached with adhesive tape loosely inserted - easier poster exchange by completely removing the back panel with cover sheet. Posters can be changed outside of the display - weather resistant metal back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - frame and upright silver anodised - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - RAL powder coated upper profile and / or frame for 1+ piece - with tamperproofing through Allen screw technology for 1+ pieces Version: 3-sided; Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1800 mm 50.0055.44 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1600 mm 50.0055.45  

208

208 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use WindSigns - windproof pavement stand for use in e.g. coastal regions - increased stability (base is filled with water or sand) - the outdoor displays can be moved by tilting them due to the wheels integrated in the base - the spring technology of the "WindSign" poster stand supports a secure stability even in "stormy" weather. 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Waterproof Pavement Sign WindSign "Seal", 44 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners - plastic base can be filled with water or sand - with spring technology for stability even in "stormy" weather - movable due to wheels integrated in the base - mitred corners with silver / black plastic corners at the tips - incl. anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheet and plastic back panel - available with header board from 1 piece - assembled by screwing the frame to the plastic base Version: 2-sided; Orientation: portrait; Waterproof: yes silver / grey Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1515 mm 50.0298.1 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1170 mm 50.0298.2 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1330 mm 50.0298.3    silver / grey with header board Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Width of header board: 671 mm; Height of header board: 214mm; Header board colour: white; Print / motif: without; Total height: 1370 mm 50.0298.9  black Insert size: A0 (841 x 1189 mm); Total height: 1515 mm 50.0298.4 Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Total height: 1170 mm 50.0298.5 Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1330 mm 50.0298.6    black with header board Insert size: A1 (594 x 841 mm); Width of header board: 671 mm; Height of header board: 214mm; Header board colour: white; Print / motif: without; Total height: 1370 mm 50.0298.27  Exclusively for paper inserts. Retrofitting with header panels is not possible.

209

Transport Trolley with Wheels for WindSign "Seal" - aid to move the Windsign "Seal" more easily - pavement sign no longer needs to be tipped to move 50.0208.9

210

210 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use LED 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P LED WindSign "Seal" - easy poster exchange through openable frame - inserts secured by all-round locks - base can be filled with water or sand - with spring technology for stability even in "stormy" weather - can be moved thanks to castors integrated in the base - with remote control for switching on, off and dimming - incl. battery charger - battery life approx. 24 hours in Ecomode, approx. 8 hours at 100% - charging time approx. 5 hours Material: aluminium / acrylic / plastic; Surface: anodised; Colour: silver; Mount colour: black; Colour of base: grey; Insert size: A1; Size of visible area: 572 x 821 mm (W x H); Outer size: 658 x 907 mm (W x H); Total height (assembled): 1223 mm; Size of base: 740 x 190 x 630 mm; Coverage: double-sided  10.0305.1 The charger can also be used as a direct power supply, i.e. the device can also be operated without a battery. LED LED WindSign "Seal Lite" - quick poster exchange due to snap frame - base can be filled with water or sand - with spring technology for stability even in "stormy" weather - can be moved thanks to wheels integrated in the base - with remote control for switching on, off and dimming - incl. battery charger - battery life approx. 16 hours in Ecomode, approx. 8 hours at 100% - charging time approx. 5 hours Material: aluminium / acrylic / plastic; Surface: anodised; Colour: black; Mount colour: black; Colour of base: black; Insert size: A1; Size of visible area: 568 x 817 mm (W x H); Outer size: 658 x 907 mm (W x H); Total height (assembled): 1223 mm; Size of base: 740 x 190 x 630 mm; Coverage: double-sided  10.0305.5 1. Battery compartment. 1

211

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 211 Bespoke Pavement Signs Swinging Poster Stand "Trio", 30 mm profile, double-sided, with mitred corners, silver anodised - with 3 double-sided snap frames - swings back and forth in the wind - incl. white, unprinted header board - weather resistant polystyrene back panels and anti-reflective, UV-stabilised cover sheets - customised header board for 1+ pieces - custom finishes for 1+ pieces - available with waterproof poster pockets for 1+ pieces Version: 2-sided; Insert size: 3x A3 (297 x 420 mm); Orientation: landscape; Width of header board: 525 mm; Height of header board: approx. 150 mm; Total height: approx. 1400 mm 50.0062.4  2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P

212

212 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use Outdoor Poster Stand "FLAT" Material: flattened steel; Colour: black similar to RAL 9005; Surface: powder coated; Insert size: A1; Total width: 665 mm; Total height: 1230 mm; Profile size: 10 x 20 mm; Promotional panel: 620 x 100 mm (W x H); Features: incl. UV-stabilised PVC sheet with magnetic tape 53.0428.1 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P 53.0065.5 53.0065.5 53.0065.7. 53.0065.7. Outdoor Poster Stand "Boston" - double-sided poster stand - incl. 2 UV-resistant sheets made of PP, which are equipped with magnetic strips to fit to the rear wall - stand is stable and weatherproof - easy to move on integrated rollers Material: steel; Surface: powder coated; Colour: aluminium silver; Insert size: A1 portrait; Width: 720 mm; Height: 1150 mm; Depth: 700 mm; Version: with 2 wheels; Features: with 2 cover sheets, with magnetic tape Promotional panel: without promotional panel 53.0065.5 Promotional panel: 630 x 105 mm (W x H) 53.0065.7 Printing of promotional panel available on request.

213

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 213 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Outdoor Poster Stands with Oval Tubing Outdoor Pavement Sign - with galvanised back panel - incl. non-reflective PET cover sheet with magnetic tape Material: round tubing 25 mm (steel); Version: with semi-circular header panel Colour: white similar to RAL 9003; Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1630 mm; Promotional panel: 710 x 370 mm (W x H)  53.0086.7 Colour: red similar to RAL 3020; Insert size: 700 x 1000 mm; Total height: 1630 mm; Promotional panel: 710 x 370 mm (W x H)  53.0086.8 Colour: white similar to RAL 9003; Insert size: A1; Total height: 1400 mm; Promotional panel: 610 x 320 mm (W x H) 53.0086.1 Colour: red similar to RAL 3020; Insert size: A1; Total height: 1400 mm; Promotional panel: 610 x 320 mm (W x H); Features: incl. anti-reflective PET cover with magnetic tape 53.0086.2 Colour: white similar to RAL 9003; Insert size: 500 x 700 mm; Total height: 1220 mm; Promotional panel: 500 x 280 mm (W x H) 53.0086.5 Colour: red similar to RAL 3020; Insert size: 500 x 700 mm; Total height: 1220 mm; Promotional panel: 500 x 280 mm (W x H) 53.0086.6 Available in other RAL colours for 5+ pieces subject to a price supplement. Replacements covers and further poster stands can be found online. Plastic Poster Stands Sandwich Board "Poly I" - chamfered edges - feet routed - without cover sheet - can be written on with chalk markers - can be screen printed or covered with vinyl for an additional charge Material: polystyrene; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: white; Total width: 640 mm; Total height: 1000 mm; x-sided: 2-sided 53.0090.1

215

Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 215 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Header Sign - for A1 A-boards - the header board holder 50.0067.1 is required for fitting - fitted by sliding in to the top of the holder - custom printing available for 1+ pieces Material: PVC foam panel; Colour: white; Width of visible area: 640 mm; Height of visible area: 300 mm; Application: for pavement sign A1 (not useable for 50.0155.1) Header Board without print Print method: without print 50.0068.86 Header 50.0068.86 printed on both sides Print method: digital print 50.0068.12 Not suitable for use with waterproof pavement signs or Pavement Sign WindSign. Slate-Effect Board Set - for A1 pavement signs - consisting of: - 2x slate effect board in black - 3 Illumigraphs (15 mm nib width) in the colours white, red and green - the paint can be wiped off with a damp cloth under pressure Material thickness: 1 mm 50.0071.1 Protect from direct sunlight. Header Board Holder - for A1 aluminium A-boards - assembled by clipping between the two hinges Material: wire; Surface: zinc-plated 50.0067.1 Not suitable for use with waterproof pavement signs or Pavement Sign WindSign. 1 Wire Hanging Basket - for classic A-boards - to hang on the hinge at the side of the poster stand - fill depth 55 mm Material: wire; Orientation: portrait Dispenser size: A4 (210 x 297 mm) 50.0069.1 Dispenser size: A5 (148 x 210 mm) 50.0069.3 Dispenser size: 1/3 A4 (105 x 210 mm) 50.0069.2 Not for use with Poster Stand WindSign. 1. Left: 50.0069.2, centre: 50.0069.3, right: 50.0069.1

216

216 Pavement Signs | Floorstanding Poster Stands for Outdoor Use 2 s d n a t S & s e m a r F r e t s o P Replacement Parts Protective Cover for A1 Pavement Sign Outer material: film, silver; Inner material: bubble wrap; Width: 800 mm; Height: 1255 mm 50.0070.1 Cover Sheets - replacement suitable for all pavement signs in our range - further information can be found on page 132 or in our online shop under "Outdoor Advertising, Displays, Accessories". If you have any questions or suggestions, please do not hesitate to contact us.

217

Shelf Dividers and Stock Pusher Systems First class check-in for your products! • Divider System "Perfekta MP" • Kwickload • Divider System "Perfekta" • Shelf Divider • Twin-Pusher • Stock Pusher System "Tobacco" • Gravity Feed "Perfekta" • Shelf Divider System "ROS" for Chillers • Bottle Pusher "EcoTrac" • Bottle Pusher "Adjustable Tray" for Tegometal Shelves • Shelf Divider for Desk Accessories • Adhesive Shelf Dividers • Thermoformed Products 3

219

Benefits of using dividers at the PoS / PoP: - secure shelf space for a group of articles - preservation of shelf facing - the customer-friendly overview significantly increases the sale of goods - fixed placement of the product range is ensured for manufacturers, retailers and customers alike Quick and easy assembly! 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Fit shelf edge strips such as LSP 26, LSP 39, DBR / MSP 26, GLS / MSP 26 or alternatively only the PEK basic profile. Press on divider, determine required length where necessary. For dividers with predetermined breaking points, the length of the divider can be adjusted by breaking off the individual sections. Fix the divider system in place.

220

220 Divider System "Perfekta MP" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Divider Profile "PEK 25" - anchor profile for shelf dividers, incl. attachment for clipping on the "MP" divider range - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent Bracket width 25 mm 22.0144. "PEK 45" Bracket width 45 mm 22.0180. Divider Profile "PEK 45" with Cutouts - anchor profile for dividers on wire shelves - with oval cut-outs and holder for hooking in the "MP" shelf divider range - colour: transparent 22.0172. Push Pins for Front Risers and Divider Rails with Cutouts - for attaching the profiles to wire shelves Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Wire thickness: 2.8-3.2 mm 22.0034.1 Shelf Edge Strip "DBR / M 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - with adhesive tape and dust cover - colour: transparent or white 20.0964.

221

Divider System "Perfekta MP" 221 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "DBR / MS 26" - hinged - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - with adhesive tape and dust cover - colour: transparent and white 20.0965. Shelf Edge Strip "DBR / MP 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - with adhesive tape and dust cover - with guide rail for dividers - colour: transparent 20.0974. Shelf Edge Strip "DBR / MSP 26" - hinged - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - with adhesive tape and dust cover - with ridge for dividers - colour: transparent 20.1044. Shelf Edge Strip "WWT / M 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl and Wire-Tec wire shelves with two horizontal wires - colour: transparent 20.0966.

222

222 Divider System "Perfekta MP" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "WWT / MS 26" - hinged - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl and Wire-Tec wire shelves with two horizontal wire lines - colour: transparent 20.0967. Shelf Edge Strip "WWT / MP 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl and Wire-Tec wire shelves with two horizontal wire lines - with guide rail for dividers - colour: transparent 20.0975. Shelf Edge Strip "WWT / MSP 26" - with hinge - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl and Wire-Tec wire shelves with two horizontal wire lines - with ridge for dividers - colour: transparent 20.1042. Shelf Edge Strip "BE / M 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets as well as glass risers - colour: transparent 20.0970.

223

Divider System "Perfekta MP" 223 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "TD / M 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets - colour: transparent 20.0971. Shelf Edge Strip "GLS / M 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - suitable for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent 20.0968. Shelf Edge Strip "GLS / MS 26" - hinged - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - suitable for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent 20.0969. Shelf Edge Strip "GLS / MP 26" - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - suitable for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - with guide rail for dividers - colour: transparent 20.0976.

224

224 Divider System "Perfekta MP" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "GLS / MSP 26" - with hinge - with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - suitable for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - with ridge for dividers - colour: transparent 20.1043. Shelf Edge Strip "LS / MSP 39" - with guide rail for shelf dividers - for Linde, Storebest, Alpos and Tegometal shelves - insert height: 39 mm - colour: transparent 22.0300. Shelf Edge Strip "TE / MSP 26" - with guide rail for shelf dividers - for Linde, Storebest, Alpos and Tegometal shelves - insert height: 26 mm - colour: transparent 20.1955. ZBD-Adapter - holder for Displaydata tags - slots in to all rails with adapter - colour: transparent 20.0972.

225

Divider without break points! "MP" Range Shelf Divider - without product stopper - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm Length: 310 mm 22.0152.6 Length: 335 mm 22.0152.7 Length: 360 mm 22.0152.8 Length: 385 mm 22.0152.9 Length: 400 mm 22.0152.10 Length: 435 mm 22.0152.12 Length: 460 mm 22.0152.13 Length: 485 mm 22.0152.14 Length: 500 mm 22.0152.15 Length: 585 mm 22.0152.19 Shelf Divider - without product stopper - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm Length: 285 mm 22.0159.5 Length: 385 mm 22.0159.9 Length: 400 mm 22.0159.10 Length: 435 mm 22.0159.12 Length: 460 mm 22.0159.13 Length: 485 mm 22.0159.14 Length: 500 mm 22.0159.15

226

226 Divider System "Perfekta MP" Shelf Divider Range "MP" without Break Points 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Divider - with product stopper "left" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0156.1 Length: 435 mm 22.0156.2 Shelf Divider - with product stopper "centre" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0157.1 Length: 435 mm 22.0157.2 Shelf Divider - with product stopper "right" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0158.1 Length: 435 mm 22.0158.2 Shelf Divider - with product stopper "left" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0163.10 Length: 500 mm 22.0163.15

227

Divider System "Perfekta MP" 227 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Divider - with product stopper "centre" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0164.10 Length: 500 mm 22.0164.15 Shelf Divider - with product stopper "right" - with clip at back Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm Length: 400 mm 22.0165.10 Length: 500 mm 22.0165.15 Shelf Divider - without product stopper - with rounded front - with clip at back Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Height: 200 mm Length: 335 mm 22.0166.7 Length: 385 mm 22.0166.9 Length: 400 mm 22.0166.10 Length: 585 mm 22.0166.19 Shelf Divider - without product stopper - with high front - with clip at back Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Height: 200 mm Length: 335 mm 22.0168.7 Length: 385 mm 22.0168.9 Length: 400 mm 22.0168.10 Length: 585 mm 22.0168.19

228

228 Divider System "Perfekta MP" Shelf Divider Range "MP" with Break Points 1 1. The length of the divider can be adjusted to suit thanks to break points! Shelf Divider - can be used for different shelf depths - with 8 predetermined break points Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm; Height at front: 30 mm Shelf Divider without Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0195.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0195.2 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0199.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0199.2 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0200.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0200.2 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0201.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0201.2 Be assured about the ease of assembly in the video at: www.vkf-renzel.com 22.0195. 22.0195. 22.0199. 22.0199. 22.0200. 22.0200. 22.0201. 22.0201.

229

Shelf Divider - with product stopper - can be used for different shelf depths - with 8 predetermined break points Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 60 mm Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0196.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0196.2 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0197.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0197.2 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0198.1 Length: 585 mm; Version: from 385 mm 8 break points every 25 mm 22.0198.2 Shelf Divider - with product stopper - can be used for different shelf depths - with 7 predetermined break points Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0209.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0209.2 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0210.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0210.2 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0211.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0211.2 Divider System "Perfekta MP" 229 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 22.0196. 22.0196. 22.0197. 22.0197. 22.0198. 22.0198. 22.0209. 22.0209. 22.0211. 22.0211. 22.0210. 22.0210.

230

Shelf Divider - can be used for different shelf depths - with 7 predetermined break points Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Height: 120 mm; Height at front: 80 mm Shelf Divider without Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0205.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0205.2 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0206.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0206.2 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0207.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0207.2 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 485 mm; Version: from 310 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0208.1 Length: 560 mm; Version: from 385 mm 7 break points every 25 mm 22.0208.2 22.0205. 22.0205. 22.0206. 22.0206. 22.0207. 22.0207. 22.0208. 22.0208.

231

Divider System "Perfekta MP" 231 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Divider Clip - to retrofit "MP" range dividers - for use with PEK profile 22.0012 Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Length: 17 mm; Height: 10 mm; Width: 14 mm 22.0204.1 Combiclip - suitable for frames 53.0222.7 / .8 and .9 Material: POM; Colour: white; Version: RS adapter for "Perfect MP" series 53.0199.18 Grip Clip - suitable for perforated shelf barkers or PVC blanks Material: POM; Colour: white; Version: grip clip for "Perfect MP" series 53.0199.16 Swinging Frame Material: plastic; Size: A6; Orientation: landscape; Insert: on the long side Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 53.0222.7 Colour: red similar to RAL 3000 53.0222.8 Colour: white similar to RAL 9010 53.0222.9 Shelf Edge Strip "WLK / MS 26" - hinged - fits all rails with adapter - for 26 mm high labels - colour: transparent 20.1196.

232

232 Divider System "Perfekta" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "LSP" - with guide rail for shelf dividers - for Linde, Storebest and Tegometal shelves - colour: white "LSP 26" holds 26 mm high ticket 22.0002. "LSP 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 22.0003. Shelf Edge Strip "AL / WLP" - with hinge - with ridge for dividers - for Linde, Storebest, Alpos and Tegometal shelves - colour: white "AL 30 / WLP" Holds 30 mm high ticket 22.0265. "AL 39 / WLP" Holds 39 mm high ticket 22.0264. Shelf Edge Strip - with guide rail for shelf dividers - self-adhesive on all metal, wood and glass shelves - colour: transparent or white holds 26 mm high ticket 22.0004. Holds 39 mm high ticket 22.0006. Shelf Edge Strip "HEP 30 / WLP" - with hinge - for 30 mm high labels - with ridge for division - self-adhesive on all metal, wood and glass shelves - colour: transparent or white 22.0262.

233

Divider System "Perfekta" 233 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "GLSP 26" - for 26 mm high labels - with guide rail for shelf dividers - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent or white 22.0009. Shelf Edge Strip "GLS 39 / WLP" - with hinge - for 39 mm high labels - with ridge for dividers - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent 22.0263. Shelf Edge Strip "RUP" - with guide rail for shelf dividers - self-adhesive on all metal, wood and glass shelves "RUP 20" for 20 mm high labels Colour: transparent or white 22.0010. "RUP 39" for 39 mm high labels Colour: white 22.0355. Slot-In Profile - for Tegometal channels - height: 34 mm - colour: transparent 20.0872.

234

234 Divider System "Perfekta" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Divider Profile "PES" - slot in profile for metal channels - with guide rail for dividers - colour: transparent 22.0011. Divider Profile "PEK" - anchor profile with guide rail for shelf dividers - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent or white 22.0012. Divider Profile "PEK 30" - anchor profile with guide rail for shelf dividers - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent or white 22.0013. Divider Profile "PEK 30" with Cutouts - anchor profile for dividing wire shelves - with oval cut-outs and guide rail for dividers - colour: transparent 22.0096.

235

Divider System "Perfekta" 235 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Shelf Riser "Perfekta" - for your product advertising on the shelf - with guide rail for shelf dividers - sizes: 40 x 40 mm (W x H) - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent 22.0014. We can print your logo on all promotional risers. Please ask for further information. Promotional Shelf Riser for Wire Shelves - with oval cut-outs and guide rail for shelf dividers - size: 57 x 40 mm (W x H) - colour: transparent 22.0015. Divider Profile "PEK" with Attachment for Acrylic Front Push Pins for Front Risers and Divider Rails with Cutouts - with guide rail for shelf dividers - attachment for an acrylic front with a thickness of 2-3 mm - self-adhesive on all metal, wood and glass shelves - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent 22.0284. - for attaching the profiles to wire shelves Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Wire thickness: 2.8-3.2 mm 22.0034.1 Divider Guide - to stabilise dividers - prevents dividers from being pushed sideways by round products - suitable for dividers of the "SR" and "MP" series - colour: grey 22.0339. Front Stopper for "Perfekta" Divider System Finish: 2 rounded corners; 3 edges flame polished; Material: 2 mm acrylic; Colour: clear; Length as specified; Height: 145 mm 60.0027.

236

236 Divider System "Perfekta" "SR" Range without Break Points - shelf divider without predetermined break points - polycarbonate - different lengths available from 185 mm in 25 mm increments - available with and without product stopper Shelf Divider Shelf Divider without Stopper Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Height: 25 mm; Version: clips on at back Length: 285 mm 22.0066.17 Length: 335 mm 22.0066.3 Length: 385 mm 22.0066.21 Length: 435 mm 22.0066.11 All Shelf Divider Systems "SR" are available on request without the rear clip!

237

Shelf Divider Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Height: 60 mm; Height at front: 30 mm; Version: clips on at back Shelf Divider without Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0067.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0067.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0067.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0067.22 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0068.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0068.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0068.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0068.22 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0069.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0069.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0069.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0069.22 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0070.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0070.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0070.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0070.22 22.0067. 22.0067. 22.0068. 22.0068. 22.0069. 22.0069. 22.0070. 22.0070. Other lengths available on request from 185 mm in 25 mm increments.

238

238 Divider System "Perfekta" 22.0074. 22.0074. 22.0075. 22.0075. 22.0076. 22.0076. 22.0077. 22.0077. Other lengths available on request from 185 mm in 25 mm increments. Shelf Divider Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Height: 120 mm; Height at front: 80 mm; Version: clips on at back Shelf Divider without Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0074.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0074.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0074.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0074.22 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0075.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0075.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0075.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0075.22 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0076.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0076.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0076.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0076.22 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0077.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0077.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0077.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0077.22

239

239 Shelf Divider Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Height: 60 mm; Height at front: 60 mm; Version: clips on at back Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0071.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0071.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0071.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0071.22 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0072.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0072.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0072.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0072.22 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0073.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0073.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0073.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0073.22 22.0071. 22.0071. 22.0072. 22.0072. 22.0073. 22.0073.

240

240 Divider System "Perfekta" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 22.0079. 22.0079. 22.0078. 22.0078. 22.0080. 22.0080. Shelf Divider Material: polycarbonate; Colour: crystal clear; Height: 120 mm; Height at front: 120 mm; Version: clips on at back Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0078.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0078.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0078.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0078.22 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0079.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0079.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0079.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0079.22 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper Length: 285 mm 22.0080.10 Length: 335 mm 22.0080.14 Length: 385 mm 22.0080.18 Length: 435 mm 22.0080.22

241

Divider System "Perfekta" 241 Divider with break points! "KD" Range Shelf Divider - can be used for different shelf depths - material: polycarbonate - colour: clear 10 break points can be shortened to lengths of 460, 435, 410, 360, 330, 290, 240, 220, 190, or 150 mm; size: 510 x 25 mm (L x H) 22.0016.1 6 break points can be shortened to lengths of 380, 330, 290, 240, 190 or 140 mm; size: 410 x 50 mm (L x H) 22.0017.1 5 break points can be shortened to lengths of 410, 370, 330, 290 or 250 mm; size: 450 x 60 mm (L x H) 22.0018.1 can be shortened to lengths of 410, 370, 330, 290 or 250 mm; size: 450 x 120 mm (L x H) 22.0019.1 22.0016. 22.0016. 22.0017. 22.0017. 22.0018. 22.0018. 22.0019. 22.0019.

242

242 Divider System "Perfekta" Divider with break points! "MR" Range 22.0020.1 22.0020.1 22.0023.1 22.0023.1 22.0023.2 22.0023.2 22.0023.3 22.0023.3 Shelf Divider - can be used for different shelf depths - with 16 predetermined breaking points every 25 mm from 185 mm - material: polycarbonate - colour: clear - dimensions: 585 x 60 mm (L x H) Shelf Divider without Stopper 22.0020.1 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper 22.0023.1 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper 22.0023.2 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper 22.0023.3

243

Shelf Divider - can be used for different shelf depths - with 16 predetermined break points every 25 mm from 185 mm - material: polycarbonate - colour: clear - dimensions: 585 x 120 mm (L x H) Shelf Divider without Stopper 22.0024.1 Shelf Divider with Left-Hand Stopper 22.0024.2 Shelf Divider with Central Stopper 22.0024.3 Shelf Divider with Right-Hand Stopper 22.0024.4 Divider System "Perfekta" 243 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 22.0024.1 22.0024.1 22.0024.3 22.0024.3 22.0024.2 22.0024.2 22.0024.4 22.0024.4

245

Stock Pusher Push VI "Narrow" - with progressive spring - available for all shelf depths - dimensions of pusher: 27 x 72 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N Without Product Stopper Adapter size: 28 x 10 mm (W x H) 22.0086. With Half-Height Product Stopper Adapter size: 27 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0256. With Tall Product Stopper Adapter size: 28 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0257. 1. Without stopper. 2. With half-height stopper. 3. With full-height stopper Stock Pusher Push VI "Wide" - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelf depths - dimensions of pusher: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N Without Product Stopper Adapter size: 52 x 10 mm (W x H) 22.0089. With Half-Height Product Stopper Adapter size: 52 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0258. With Tall Product Stopper Adapter size: 52 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0259. 1. Without stopper. 2. With half-height stopper. 3. With full-height stopper Divider System "Perfekta" 245 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 1 3 1 3 2 2

246

246 Divider System "Perfekta" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Stock Pusher Push VI "Wide" with 70° Front Stopper - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelf depths - with extra tall product stopper - slanted (angle 70°) - dimensions of pusher: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - dimensions of adaptert: 60 x 71 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N 22.0176. Stock Pusher Push VI "Wide" with 90° Front Stopper - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelf depths - with extra tall product stopper - dimensions of pusher: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - dimensions of adapter: 60 x 75 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N 22.0175. Stock Pusher Push VII - with progressive spring strength - especially suitable for small and narrow products - available for all shelf depths - product pusher format: 18 x 60 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N Without Product Stopper Adapter size: 17 x 0.7 mm (W x H) 22.0236. With Half-Height Product Stopper Adapter size: 17 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0295. 1 With Tall Product Stopper Adapter size: 17 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0296. 1. Without stopper. 2. With half-height stopper. 3. With full-height stopper. 2 3

247

Divider System "Perfekta" 247 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Extension for Stock Pusher Push VI "Narrow" Material: polystyrene; Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Width: 80 mm; Height: 130 mm; Version: 2 rounded corners 22.0121.1 Extension for Stock Pusher Push VI "Wide", adjusts to 2 positions Material: ABS; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Width: 80 mm; Height: 130 mm 22.0121.4 Rear Adapter Clip for Push VI + VII - for rear mounting of the pusher - suitable for PEK 45 + PEK 25 Material: ABS; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Height: 9 mm Width: 32 mm; Version: for Push VI 22.0177.1 Width: 19.5 mm; Version: for Push VII 22.0282.1

248

248 Divider System "Perfekta" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 1 3 Manual Pusher with Pull Strip - for "Perfekta" shelf divider system Material: ABS; Colour: transparent 2 Rear Support Height: 130 mm; Width: 65 mm 22.0147.2 Slip Brake Length: 515 mm; Break points: 7; Width: 55 mm 22.0147.3 Pull Strip Length: 515 mm; Break points: 4 22.0147.4 1. Rear support 2. Slip brake 3. Pull tab Discover the practical function in a video at: www.vkf-renzel.com 1 2 Rear Support - for "Perfekta" shelf divider system - for individual adjustment of the quantity of goods Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Width: 60 mm; Height: 135 mm; Depth: 57 mm 22.0037.8 Slip Brake - for "Perfekta" shelf divider system - with 7 predetermined break points Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Width: 57 mm; Length: 517 mm 22.0036.9 1. Rear support 2. Slip brake

249

Divider System "Perfekta" 249 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 2 1 3 Manual Pusher with Pull Strip "NG" - for "Perfekta" shelf divider system - for individual adjustment of the quantity of goods Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent Version: rear support; Height: 130 mm; Width: 100 mm 22.0147.5 Version: slip brake; Length: 495 mm; Break points: 3; Width: 95 mm 22.0147.6 Version: pull strip; Length: 495 mm; Break points: without rated break point 22.0147.7 1. Rear support 2. Slip brake 3. Pull tab Product Presenter "Perfekta Tray System" - to optimise your shelf presentation - orientation aid for selection of your brands - secures shelf space at the point of sale - material: polystyrene - colour: white or transparent - special colours available at extra cost - width: available in different widths (42, 47, 52, 57, 63, 70, 75, 79, 88, 100 or 130 mm) - length: 400 mm - can be easily adapted to all standard shelf depths (350, 300, 250 or 200 mm) by means of predetermined breaking points 22.0052.

250

The pusher for round products - for smooth and round products (e.g. beverage cans, spice jars, shampoo bottles, creams and deodorants) - products remain in the channel - shelf divider and pusher are firmly connected - orderly presentation of goods - evenly divided sales shelf - determine the compartment size yourself Fixing Rail for Twin Pusher System - for mounting on an existing PEK rail - alternatively available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: grey 22.0342. Extension for Twin Pusher, adjusts to 2 positions - horizontal or vertical Material: ABS; Material thickness: 2 mm; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Width: 75 mm; Height: 45 mm; Version: 4 rounded corners 22.0121.11

251

Twin Pusher - with progressive spring - available for all shelf depths - dimensions of pusher: 27 x 72 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N Version: right Adapter size: 27 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0364. Adapter size: 27 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0350. Version: centre Adapter size: 27 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0362. Adapter size: 27 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0348. Version: left Adapter size: 27 x 24 mm (W x H) 22.0363. Adapter size: 27 x 36 mm (W x H) 22.0349. 1. Right-hand version 2. Central version 3. Left-hand version 1 2 3

252

252 Stock Pusher System "Tobacco" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Divider Profile "PEK" - anchor profile with guide rail for shelf dividers - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape - colour: transparent or white 22.0012. Stock Pusher Push VI "Wide" Tobacco - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelves - with product stopper - dimensions of pusher: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - dimensions of adapter: 39 x 36 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N 22.0369. Shelf Divider with Central Stopper Material: PET; Colour: transparent; Length: 485 mm; Height: 60 mm; Height at front: 24 mm; Version: from 285 mm 8 break points every 25 mm; for shelf depth: 485 mm 22.0200.5 Rear fixing with "PEK 25" and "PEK 45" can be found on page 220.

253

Gravity Feed "Perfekta" 253 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Gravity Feed "Perfekta" - products are always transported to the front shelf edge - consistent presentation of goods - increase of category turnover - wire dividers can be adapted to any packaging size Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035; Finish: with 110 mm high front; Accessories: height raising profile including 11 x 70 mm high wire dividers Length: 998mm; Depth: 385 mm 22.0240.1 Length: 998mm; Depth: 435 mm 22.0240.2 Length: 998mm; Depth: 485 mm 22.0240.3 Length: 998mm; Depth: 535 mm 22.0240.4 including 15 x 70 mm high wire dividers Length: 1245mm; Depth: 385 mm 22.0240.5 Length: 1245mm; Depth: 435 mm 22.0240.6 Length: 1245mm; Depth: 485 mm 22.0240.7 Length: 1245mm; Depth: 535 mm 22.0240.8 Other sizes available on request. On request our gravity feed "Perfekta" is also available with built-in carrying arms for hanging straight on to the shelf.

254

254 Shelf Divider System "ROS" for Chillers Fixing Rail "ROS" - front for shelf divider system "ROS" - bracket width: 20 mm - colour: white or grey - available with adhesive tape or magnetic tape 22.0321. Shelf Edge Strip "ROS 39" - for the front of the shelf divider system "ROS" - available with adhesive or magnetic tape - insert height: 39 mm - colour: white 22.0340. Shelf Divider "ROS" - can be used for different shelf depths - with 4 predetermined break points - can be shortened by the user to lengths of 390, 330, 270 or 240 mm - material: polystyrene - colour: clear Size: 450 x 25 mm (L x H) 22.0324.1 Size: 450 x 60 mm (L x H) 22.0322.3 Size: 450 x 140 mm (L x H) 22.0325.3 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 22.0324.1 22.0324.1 22.0322.3 22.0322.3 22.0325.3 22.0325.3

255

Shelf Divider System "ROS" for Chillers 255 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Stopper Rail "ROS" - for rear attachment of shelf divider system "ROS" Material: polyamide; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Width: 20 mm; Adhesive: 15 mm gel adhesive Length: 500 mm 22.0320.4 Length: 250 mm 22.0320.3 Slip Brake "ROS" - with 7 break points Colour: transparent; Width: 57 mm; Length: 512 mm 22.0036.10 Corresponding rear support 22.0037.8 on page 248. Stock Pusher "ROS" with Front Stopper 90° - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelves - with product stopper - pusher size: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - adapter size: 45 x 61 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N 22.0418. Stock Pusher "ROS" with Front Stopper 70° - with progressive spring strength - available for all shelves - with product stopper - pusher size: 40 x 72 mm (W x H) - adapter size: 45 x 61 mm (W x H) - spring strength: 2 N, 4 N, 6 N, 10 N or 14 N 22.0419.

256

256 Bottle Pusher "EcoTrac" 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Bottle Pusher System "EcoTrac" Height: 67 mm; Colour: black; Features: incl. break points EcoTrac for 500 ml bottles Length: 723 mm; Width: 700 mm; Number of trays: 10 pieces; Spring strength: central 22.0420.1 EcoTrac for 1 l bottles Length: 680 mm; Width: 716mm; Number of trays: 7 pieces; Spring strength: strong 22.0421.1 1. Application example incl. insert. 1 Fixing Rail "EcoTrac" Colour: white; Length: 300 mm; Width: 17 mm; Adhesive: foam tape 1x 12 mm 22.0422.2

257

Bottle Pusher "Adjustable Tray" 257 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Bottle Pusher System "Adjustable Tray" - adjustable in width: 58, 67, 75, 85, 92, 97 mm Height: 65 mm; Colour: black; Spring strength: strong; Adapter size: 65 x 78 mm (W x H) Length: 406mm 22.0423.1 Length: 457mm 22.0423.2 Length: 508 mm 22.0423.3 Fixing Rail"Adjustable Tray" Colour: black; Length: 1330 mm; Width: 65 mm; Adhesive: foam adhesive 25mm 22.0424.1

258

258 Kwickload Kwickload - push your products even without a shelf! Features & Advantages - organised product presentation - automatic product replenishment guaranteed - ideal for a wide range of packaging sizes - pull-out mechanism with locking paddle enables easy filling - great durability - made of ABS plastic - saves time and costs - easy assembly with goods - dividing elements adapt to the width of the respective products - suitable for refrigeration and deep-freeze - mounting on the shelf or with the help of a hanging bracket 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S This is how it works 1 2 1 2 1. Select fixings 1. Crossbar bracket 2. Shelf holder 2. Select dividers 1. Dividing walls 2. Wire divider 3. Select fronts - from small to large, always suitable for your products

259

Kwickload for Hanging Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: wide; Adapter size: 98.4 x 139.7 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 2 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0380.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0380.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0380.7 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0380.9 Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: wide with insert; Adapter size: 101.6 x 120.7 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0381.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0381.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0381.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0381.5

260

260 Kwickload 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: wide high; Adapter size: 10.16 x 16.51 mm (WxH); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0383.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0383.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0383.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0383.5 Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: narrow with insert; Adapter size: 8.26 x 7.62 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0384.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0384.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0384.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0384.5 Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: narrow high; Adapter size: 17.15 x 7.62 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0387.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0387.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0387.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0387.5

261

Kwickload 261 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1 Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: bottle double; Adapter size: 6.35 x 12.38 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 2 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0385.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0385.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0385.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0385.5 Kwickload for Hanging Adapter: bottle single; Adapter size: 9.84 x 6.03 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: telescopic Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0386.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0386.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0386.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0386.5

262

Kwickload for Shelves Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: wide; Adapter size: 98.4 x 139.7 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 2 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0389.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0389.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0389.8 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0389.10 Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: wide with insert; Adapter size: 101.6 x 120.7 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0390.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0390.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0390.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0390.5

263

Kwickload 263 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: wide high; Adapter size: 10.16 x 16.51 mm (WxH); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0392.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0392.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0392.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0392.5 Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: narrow with insert; Adapter size: 8.26 x 7.62 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0393.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0393.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0393.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0393.5 Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: narrow half-high; Adapter size: 8.89 x 7.62 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0397.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0397.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0397.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0397.5

264

264 Kwickload 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: bottle double; Adapter size: 6.35 x 12.38 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 2 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0394.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0394.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0394.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0394.5 Kwickload for Shelves Adapter: bottle single; Adapter size: 9.84 x 6.03 mm (W x H); Numbers of pusher: 1 pusher; Spring strength: 8 N; Version: fixed Material of divider: plastic; Length: 406mm 22.0395.1 Material of divider: plastic; Length: 457mm 22.0395.2 Material of divider: wire; Length: 406mm 22.0395.4 Material of divider: wire; Length: 457mm 22.0395.5 Fixing for Kwickload - support bar for the Kwickload system - for attachment to Tego shelves Colour: black, powder coated; Material: metal; Version: for hanging Length: 1000 mm 22.0373.5 Length: 1250 mm 22.0373.6 Length: 1330 mm 22.0373.7

265

Accessories for Kwickload - pusher width extension for the Kwickload system Width: 130 mm; Height: 104 mm; Colour: black 22.0372.12 1. Front 2. Back 3. Example of use 1 Discover the new Kwickload system at: www.vkf-renzel.com Kwickload 265 2 3 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S

266

266 Shelf Divider for Tegometal Shelves 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Front or Rear Strip - for Tegometal shelves Material: plastic; Colour: crystal clear; Version: standard Binning Strip for Tegometal Shelves Material: plastic; Colour: crystal clear; Features: without teeth; Version: standard Length: 665 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0011.1 Length: 665 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0011.2 Length: 1000 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0011.3 Length: 1000 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0011.4 Length: 1250 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0011.5 Length: 1250 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0011.6 Length: 1330 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0011.7 Length: 1330 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0011.8     Length: 200 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.1 Length: 200 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.2 Length: 250 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.3 Length: 250 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.4 Length: 300 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.5 Length: 300 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.6 Length: 370 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.7 Length: 370 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.8 Length: 470 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.9 Length: 470 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.10 Length: 570 mm; Height: 45 mm 65.0012.11 Length: 570 mm; Height: 75 mm 65.0012.12 Binning strips also available on request with dovetailing. Please ask for a quotation.

267

Shelf Divider for Desk Accessories 267 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Divider for Tegometal Shelving Material: polystyrene; Colour: crystal clear Length: 200 mm; Height: 100 mm; Orientation: central 65.0013.1 Length: 200 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: central 65.0013.4 Length: 300 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: central 65.0013.10 Length: 200 mm; Height: 200 mm; Orientation: central 65.0013.13 Length: 200 mm; Height: 100 mm; Orientation: left 65.0013.2 Length: 200 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: left 65.0013.5 Length: 300 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: left 65.0013.11 Length: 200 mm; Height: 200 mm; Orientation: left 65.0013.14 Length: 200 mm; Height: 100 mm; Orientation: right 65.0013.3 Length: 200 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: right 65.0013.6 Length: 300 mm; Height: 150 mm; Orientation: right 65.0013.12 Length: 200 mm; Height: 200 mm; Orientation: right 65.0013.15 We can manufacture bespoke size products in our in-house acrylic production facility. Card Divider - for separating greeting cards - good fit to 2 and 2.5 mm acrylic - colour: transparent or white - dimensions: 21 x 57 mm (W x H) 24.0018.

268

268 Adhesive Shelf Dividers 26.0027.1 26.0027.1 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S 26.0027.4 26.0027.4 Other sizes available on request. Shelf Divider - with adhesive bracket Material: rigid film; Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Adhesive: standard adhesive 12 mm Height: 40 mm Length: 250 mm 26.0027.1 Length: 300 mm 26.0027.2 Length: 350 mm 26.0027.3 Height: 50 mm Length: 400 mm 26.0027.4 Length: 450 mm 26.0027.5 Length: 500 mm 26.0027.6 Shelf Divider with Connector Bracket - for easy subdivision of the shelf - material: rigid film - material thickness: 0.7 mm - colour: crystal clear - dimensions: 80 x 40 x 340 mm (W x H x D) 26.0442.20 Also available with stock pusher. T-Divider - 2 rounded corners - material: plastic - colour: transparent Material thickness: 1.5 mm; Height: 80 mm; Base: 44 mm 20.0788. Material thickness: 1.7 mm; Height: 125 mm; Base: 58 mm 20.0789. • Please state length of profile required. • Available on request with adhesive or magnetic tape. L-Bracket / Product Separator - slanted front - can be fitted with adhesive or magnetic tape Material: acrylic; Material thickness: 3 mm; Colour: crystal clear; Edge quality: polished; Height: 100 mm; Base depth: 100 mm Width: 850 mm 60.0108.277 Width: 380 mm 60.0108.276 Width: 330 mm 60.0108.279 Width: 230 mm 60.0108.280

270

270 Thermoformed Products 3 s m e t s y S r e h s u P k c o t S d n a s r e d i v i D f l e h S Cartridge Holder - for commercially available cartridges (silicone, acrylic, etc.) - ø 50 mm Material: polystyrene; Colour: white Number of cartridges: 24; Width: 250 mm; Length: 360 mm 65.0009.1 Number of cartridges: 48; Width: 360 mm; Length: 500 mm 65.0009.2 Special sizes and colours available on request. Counter Display Material: polystyrene; Material thickness: 2.5 mm; Colour: yellow; Width: 265 mm; Height: 45 mm; Depth: 165 mm 26.0216.10 Other colours and promotional printing available on request. Shelf Shortener - with 3 break points Material: polystyrene; Colour: white; Width: 1230 mm; Height: 105 mm; Depth: 288 mm; Adhesive: 4x ø40 mm foam adhesive pads 26.0216.7

272

272 Shelf Edge Strips More than just a profile! Our diversity is your advantage! - more than 300 different profile types available - in addition to mono- and co-extrusion, it is also possible to produce profiles using tri- and quattro-extrusion technology - various fastening options (e.g. self-adhesive, magnetic, for clipping onto wood, glass and all common metal bases etc.) - ESL fixing rails for all common suppliers - cut to size - no wastage - processing of different base materials such as PVC, PET, PC, TPE, PLA and recycled materials - rails with LED technology - everything under one roof (development, assembly, finishing) Wooden shelves Metal Shelves 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Glass shelves Wire 1 3 2 4 LED renzel NATURE

273

Shelf Edge Strips 273 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S • We can cut profiles to size for you. • Also available with magnetic tape! Please ask for a quote! • Coloured profiles on request. "DBR" Shelf Edge Strip - with adhesive tape and dust cover - colour: transparent or white "DBR 15" Holds 15 mm high ticket 20.0001. "DBR 18" Holds 18 mm high ticket 20.0002. "DBR 24" Holds 24 mm high ticket 20.0003. "DBR 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0004. "DBR 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0005. "DBR 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket 20.0283. "DBR 35" Holds 35 mm high ticket 20.0006. "DBR 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0007. "DBR 45" For 45 mm high tickets 20.1990. "DBR 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0011. "DBR 55" Holds 55 mm high ticket 20.0012. "DBR 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0013. "DBR 64" Holds 64 mm high ticket 20.0015. "DBR 73" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0016. "DBR" Shelf Edge Strip with Grip Edge - with adhesive tape and dust cover - colour: transparent or white "DBR 39 with Grip Edge" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0008. "DBR 60 with Grip Edge" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0014.

274

274 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "DBR with C-Snap" - fitted with adhesive tape, dust cover and C-snap - colour: transparent or white "DBR 39 with C-Snap" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0017. "DBR 55 with C-Snap" Holds 55 mm high ticket 20.0018. "DBR 60 with C-Snap" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.1040. "DBR 73 with C-Snap" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0019. "DBR 80 with C-Snap" Holds 80 mm high ticket 20.0020. "DBR 105 with C-Snap" Holds a 105 mm high ticket 20.0238. "WP 39" Shelf Edge Strip - for 39 mm high labels - especially for rounded shelves - with 19 mm foam adhesive tape on the back - colour: transparent 20.0009. "DBR 39" Wood Effect Shelf Edge Strip - authentic wood effect - for 39 mm high labels - with adhesive tape and dust cover - available in various colour shades 20.0010.

275

Shelf Edge Strip "DBR + DBD" - double profile - fitted with adhesive tape - colour: transparent or white "DBR 26 + DBD 26" For 2x 26 mm tickets 20.0022. "DBR 26 + DBD 39" Holds 26 mm and 39 mm high ticket 20.0834. "DBR 39 + DBD 26" Holds 39 mm and 26 mm high ticket 20.0023. "DBR 39 + DBD 39" For 2x 39 mm inserts 20.0021. "DBR 52 + DBD 39" for 52 mm and 39 mm high ticket 20.1610. "DBR 52 + DBD 52" For 2x 52 mm inserts 20.0868. "DBD" Shelf Edge Strip - fitted with adhesive tape - for retrofitting and doubling up price labelling - colour: transparent or white "DBD 26" For 26 mm high tickets 20.0024. "DBD 39" Holds a 39 mm high ticket 20.0025. PET Shelf Edge Strip "GS" - fitted with adhesive tape - to double up on your price labelling - material: PET - colour: transparent "GS 39" For 39 mm high tickets 20.1079. "GS 52" For 52 mm high tickets 20.1880. Shelf Edge Strips 275 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S • Coloured profiles on request. • Other scanner profiles in PET can be found on p. 297.

276

1 2 Shelf Edge Strip "ALU 39" - for 39 mm high labels - can be fixed with screws, adhesive or magnetic tape - bare edges - material: aluminium - colour: silver anodised Can be manufactured to special sizes 50.0129. Custom length calculations in our online shop. 1. Pictured with accessories: Insert strip 20.0150. 2. Pictured with accessories. "NO" Shelf Edge Strip - fitted with adhesive tape - colour: transparent or white "NO 26" for 26 mm high insert; good reading angle of 20° 20.0026. "NO 39" for 39 mm high insert; good reading angle of 20° 20.0027. "NO 52" for 52 mm high insert; good reading angle of 30° 20.0771. Shelf Edge Strip "NO 60" - for 60 mm high labels - fitted with adhesive tape - good reading angle of 25° - with support bar - colour: transparent or white 20.0222.

277

Shelf Edge Strips 277 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "HE" Shelf Edge Strip - with adhesive tape - for shelves without front channel - good reading angle of 15° - colour: transparent or white "HE 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0028. "HE 35" for 35 mm high tickets 20.1284. "HE 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0029. "HE 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0030. Shelf Edge Strip "HE / BE 39" - for 39 mm high labels - bracket with adhesive tape - suitable for all shelves - good reading angle of 38° - colour: transparent or white 20.0031. Shelf Edge Strip "HE / ST 39" - for 39 mm high labels - universal adhesive profile with adhesive tape - suitable for all shelves - colour: white 20.0032. Shelf Edge Strip "LI / BE 39" - for 39 mm high labels - universal adhesive profile with adhesive tape - suitable for all shelves - colour: white 20.0033. Coloured profiles on request.

278

278 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "ME" - with adhesive tape and dust cover - colour: transparent or white Shelf Edge Strip "ME 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket 20.0034. Shelf Edge Strip "ME 45" Holds 45 mm high ticket 20.2393. Shelf Edge Strip "RUK 39" - for 39 mm high labels - fitted with adhesive tape - colour: transparent or white 20.0037. Shelf Edge Strip "RUM 39" - for vertical wooden or glass consoles - fitted with adhesive tape - colour: transparent - for 39 mm high labels 20.0038. "TE" Shelf Edge Strip - for Tegometal shelves - colour: transparent or white "TE 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0040. "TE 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0041. "TE 52" for 52 mm high tickets 20.0229. "TE 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0044. Coloured profiles on request.

279

Material Life Cycle - make new from old Shelf Edge Strips 279 Old goods are shredded, ... . ... and reprocessed. ground down, ... 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "TE 39" in Recycled Material - rear made of recycled PVC - full functionality - sustainable production due to a closed material cycle - for Tegometal shelving 20.2408. "TE 39" with Grip Edge Shelf Edge Strip - for 39 mm high labels - for Tegometal shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.0266. Shelf Edge Strip "TEG" - for 39 mm high labels - for Tegometal shelves - hinged - colour: transparent 20.1281.

280

280 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "TE 39 / 2" - for 39 mm high labels - special model for wire baskets, pegwall hooks and tegometal shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.1691. "TE 39 + DBD 39" Shelf Edge Strips - for 2x 39 mm high labels - for Tegometal shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.0206. "TE 39 + DBD 39" Shelf Edge Strips - for 2x 39 mm high labels - for Tegometall shelves - with 140° reading angle - colour: transparent or white 20.0911. "LS" Shelf Edge Strips - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - colour: transparent or white "LS 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0046. "LS 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0813. "LS 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0047. "LS 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0048. "LS 55" Holds 55 mm high ticket 20.0049. "LS 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0050. "LS 73" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0051.

281

Shelf Edge Strips 281 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "LS / WL" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - with hinge function to cover front channel - colour: transparent or white "LS 30 WL" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0052. "LS 39 WL" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0053. Shelf Edge Strip "LSA 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Modern-Expo shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.1622. Coloured profiles on request. Shelf Edge Strip "LSN 28" - for 28 mm high labels - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.1950. Shelf Edge Strip "LSJ 28" - for 28 mm high labels - for Jegen shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.1953.

282

282 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "OK" Shelf Edge Strip - for Otto-Kind shelves - colour: transparent or white "OK 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0054. "OK 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0055. "OKN" Shelf Edge Strip - for Otto-Kind shelves - colour: transparent or white "OKN 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.2013. "OKN 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.1119. "HAK 39" Shelf Edge Strip - for 39 mm high labels - suitable for GWS-Mertens and Hansa-Kontor shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.0056. Shelf Edge Strip "HAM" - for Hansa Mertens, Hermes, Detroit and Fortezza shelves - colour: white "HAM 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0057. "HAM 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0219.

283

Shelf Edge Strips 283 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Coloured profiles on request. Shelf Edge Strip "GON 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Gondella shelves - colour: white 20.0058. Shelf Edge Strip "CEF" - for Cefla shelves - hinged - colour: transparent or white "CEF 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket 20.0059. "CEF 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0060. Scanner Profile "COS 39" - scanner rails for Costan and Eptak refrigerated cabinets - insert height: 39 mm - available in transparent 20.2023. Shelf Edge Strip "SID 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Sidac shelves - hinged - colour: transparent or white 20.0267. "UT" Price Ticket Holder - for Ücge and Arneg shelves - colour: transparent or white "UT 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0061. "UT 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.1025.

284

284 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "UT 42 + DBD 42" - for 2x 42 mm high labels - for Ücge and Arneg shelves - colour: white 20.0063. Shelf Edge Strip "YUD 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Yudigar shelves - colour: white 20.0064. Shelf Edge Strip "PNV 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Planova shelves - colour: transparent or white 20.0065. "AL" Shelf Edge Strip - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Alpos shelves - colour: transparent or white "AL 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.1128. "AL 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0066. "AL 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0220. "ALG" Shelf Edge Strip - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Alpos shelves, hinged - colour: transparent or white "ALG 26" For 26 mm high tickets 20.1642. "ALG 39" For 39 mm high tickets 20.1842. "ALG 52" For 52 mm high tickets 20.1446.

285

Shelf Edge Strips 285 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "PH 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Pelly, Hestra, ROL and ITAB shelves - with cut-outs for front grids - colour: transparent or white 20.0787. Coloured profiles on request. "RA" Shelf Edge Strip - for 1-2.5 mm metal risers - good reading angle: 20° - press profile onto front riser - colour: transparent or white "RA 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0067. "RA 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0068. "RA 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0069. "RA" Shelf Edge Strip - for 1-2.5 mm metal risers - good reading angle: 30° - press profile onto front riser - colour: transparent or white "RA 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0070. "RA 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0071. Shelf Edge Strip "RA + DBR" - for 1-2.5 mm metal risers - with two price labelling levels on top of each other - press profile onto front riser - hinged - colour: transparent or white "RA 26 + DBR 26" For 2x 26 mm inserts 20.0072. "RA 52 + DBR 52" For 2x 52 mm inserts 20.0784.

286

286 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "KOX 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Koxka refrigerated cabinets - colour: white 20.0848. "LK" Shelf Strip - for refrigerator shelves - colour: transparent, white or light grey "LK 39" Holds39 mm high ticket 20.0075. "LK 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0076. Matching clips are on page 300. "LKG 52" Shelf Edge Strip - for refrigerator shelves - colour: grey and transparent 20.1759. Matching clips are on page 300. Shelf Edge Strip "LSNK 28" - for 28 mm high labels - for Linde refrigerated cabinets - colour: transparent or white 20.2032.

287

Shelf Edge Strips 287 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "VA" - for slotting into Kesseböhmer product holders - colour: white "VA 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0073. "VA 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0074. Coloured profiles on request. "IMP" Shelf Edge Strip - for slotting into existing C-profiles made of metal or plastic - suitable for Alser, Linde and York shelves - colour: transparent or white "IMP 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket; Length at back: 25-39.5 mm 20.0078. "IMP 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket; Length at back: 25-39.5 mm 20.0079. "IMP 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket; Length at back: 21.5-39.5 mm 20.0080. Shelf Edge Strip "IML" - for Lozier, Streater, Cefla and Madix shelves with C-channel risers - colour: transparent or white "IML 30" Holds 30 mm ticket; Length at back: 28-39 mm 20.0081. "IML 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket; Length at back: 28-41 mm 20.0082.

288

288 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "IMA" - for Alser, Arneg, Ücge, Lozier, Linde refrigerated, York refrigerated, Cefla and Madix shelves with C-channel riser - colour: transparent or white "IMA 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket; Length of back: 27-36 mm 20.0083. "IMA 39" For 39 mm high tickets; Length at back: 27-44 mm 20.0084. "HY" Shelf Edge Strip - for La Fortezza, Hermes and Yudigar shelves - hinged - colour: transparent or white "HY 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0268. "HY 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0785. "WLK" Shelf Edge Strip - for hanging in existing scanner rails or with adhesive tape, for mounting on the front of the shelf - hinged - colour: transparent "WLK 18" Holds 18 mm high ticket 20.0085. "WLK 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0086. "WLK 60" Holds 60 mm high ticket 20.0087. "WLK 64" Holds 64 mm high ticket 20.0225.

289

Shelf Edge Strips 289 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "WLK" Shelf Edge Strip - to clip in to shelf edge strips - hinged - colour: transparent or white "WLK 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0088. "WLK 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0089. Coloured profiles on request. "WLK" Shelf Edge Strip - to clip in to shelf edge strips - hinged - colour: transparent "WLK 73" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0090. "WLK 76" Holds 76 mm high ticket 20.2211. "WLK 105" Holds 105 mm high ticket 20.0218. "BE-KORB" Shelf Edge Strip - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets as well as glass risers - colour: transparent or white "BE-KORB 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0092. "BE-KORB 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.1143. "BE-KORB 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0093. "BE-KORB 52" Holds a 52 mm high ticket 20.0980. "BE-KORB 60" Holds a 60 mm high ticket 20.0094.

290

290 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "KOLD" Shelf Edge Strip - for Wanzl, Siegel, Tego hanging baskets and stacking baskets - colour: transparent or white "KOLD 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0095. "KOLD 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0096. "KOLD 55" Holds 55 mm high ticket 20.0097. "KOLD 73" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0098. "KOLD 80" Holds 80 mm high ticket 20.0772. Shelf Edge Strip "PE" - for wire shelves and wire mesh as well as baskets with small wire diameter - colour: transparent or white "PE 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0099. "PE 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0100. "KE" Shelf Edge Strip - for Wanzl, Siegel and and other wire baskets - colour: transparent or white "KE 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0926. "KE 39" Holds a 39 mm high ticket 20.0101. "KE 52" Holds a 52 mm high ticket 20.0203.

291

Shelf Edge Strips 291 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "KE" Shelf Edge Strip - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers, frozen food cabinets - colour: transparent or white "KE 73" Holds 73 mm high ticket 20.0102. "KE 105" Holds 105 mm high ticket 20.0773. Shelf Edge Strip KS 52 - for 52 mm high labels - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, as well as glass risers and frozen food cabinets - colour: transparent or anthracite 20.2184. Coloured profiles on request. "WE 39" Shelf Edge Strip - for 39 mm high labels - for Wanzl, Siegel, Tego clip-on baskets and stacking baskets - colour: transparent or white 20.1983. Shelf Edge Strip "WWT" - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves with 2 horizontal wires - colour: transparent "WWT 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0269. "WWT 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0104. "WWT 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.1024.

292

292 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "WWTG" Shelf Edge Strip - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves - with 2 horizontal wires - hinged - colour: transparent "WWT-GN 39" For 39 mm high tickets 20.1994. "WWTG 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0805. Shelf Edge Strip "TD 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets - colour: transparent or white 20.1989. Shelf Edge Strip "MEW" - for Metro wire trolleys - colour: transparent or white "MEW 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket 20.0106. "MEW 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.1204. Shelf Edge Strip "TK" - for wire baskets with 5-6 mm wire diameter - good reading angle: 5° - colour: transparent or white "TK 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0107. "TK 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0108.

293

Shelf Edge Strips 293 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Coloured profiles on request. Shelf Edge Strip "CC 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for refrigerator shelves - with punched holes and clips (22.0034.1) - colour: transparent 20.0109. Clips are on page 235. "DRA" Shelf Edge Strip - for wire rails - colour: transparent "DRA 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0110. "DRA 30" For 30 mm high tickets 20.0795. "DRA 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0207. "DRA 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0112. Shelf Edge Strip "DBH" - perforated - to be attached with clips (24.0048.4) to baskets, wire shelves and wire trays - cut to length - colour: transparent or white holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0113. Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0114. Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0802. Clips are on page 367. "GLS" Shelf Edge Strip - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent or white "GLS 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0115. "GLS 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0117. "GLS 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0116. "GLS 52" Holds a 52 mm high ticket 20.0257.

294

294 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S "GLSD" Shelf Edge Strip - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 10-15 mm - colour: transparent or white "GLSD 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0118. "GLSD 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0119. Shelf Edge Strip "GLS / HA 39" - for 39 mm high labels - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - colour: transparent 20.0120. "ANT" Shelf Edge Strip - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - colour: transparent or white "ANT 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0121. "ANT 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0122. "ANT 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0296. Shelf Edge Strip "ANTG" - for 39 mm high labels - for 16-18 mm wooden shelves - hinged - colour: transparent 20.1928. Shelf Edge Strip "ANT / PE 39" - for wood and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-20 mm - colour: transparent 20.0123.

295

Shelf Edge Strips 295 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "FG" - for 32 mm or 42 mm high labels - for vertical wood or glass risers with a thickness of 4-5 mm - colour: transparent or white "FG 32" Holds 32 mm high ticket 20.2419. "FG 42" Holds 42 mm high ticket 20.0124. Coloured profiles on request. Shelf Edge Strip "PPK" - for pegwall shelves with scanner holder 58.0013 - colour: transparent or white "PPK 26" Holds 26 mm high ticket 20.0128. "PPK 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0129. For scanner profile holder 58.0013 see Pegwall Hooks on page 445. Shelf Edge Strip "PPS 39" - for 39 mm high inserts - for pegwall shelves with scanner holder 58.0014 - 3 manually adjustable angle positions - colour: transparent or white 20.0770. For scanner profile holder 58.0014 see Pegwall Hooks on page 446. Backing Profile "GLSR" - for glass shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - can be combined with all DBR profiles - colour: transparent 20.0134.

296

296 Shelf Edge Strips 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Backing Profile "ANTR" - for wooden shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - can be combined with all DBR rails - colour: transparent 20.0135. Backing Profile "KER" - for wire baskets - can be combined with all DBR profiles - colour: transparent 20.0136. Backing Profile "LSR" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - can be combined with all DBR profiles - colour: transparent 20.0137. Backing Profile "PPKR" - for pegwall shelving with scanner holder - can be combined with all DBR profiles - colour: transparent 20.0138. Backing Profile "KOLDR" - for wire baskets - can be combined with all DBR profiles - colour: transparent 20.0139. Coloured profiles on request.

297

Shelf Edge Strips 297 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Profiles in PET Shelf Edge Strip "DBRU" - made of recyclable PET material - with adhesive tape - colour: transparent or white "DBRU 30" Holds 30 mm high ticket 20.0140. "DBRU 35" For 35 mm high tickets 20.2491. "DBRU 39" Holds 39 mm high ticket 20.0141. "DBRU 52" Holds 52 mm high ticket 20.0142. "DBRU 55" for 55 mm high inserts 20.2562. "DBRU 60" For 60 mm high tickets 20.2493. Shelf Edge Strip "TEU" - made of recyclable PET material - for Tegometal shelving - for insertion height: 39 mm - colour: transparent 20.2506. • Advantages of a PET price rail: - manufactured from recyclable PET material - high UV protection to prevent yellowing due to UV rays - suitable for various shelf types - high UV stability for a long service life - high quality surface gloss - special formulation for impact resistance against breakage • Other shelf edge strips are available on request.

298

298 Shelf Edge Strips Shelf Edge Profiles 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 3 6 1. Tego shelving Clip-on profile: TE, LS, AL. Adhesive profile: DBR. 2. Otto-Kind shelving Clip-on profile: OK. Adhesive profile: DBR, HE. 3. Storebest Clip-on profile: LS, RA, LS/WL, AL. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE/BE. 4. Linde Clip-on profile: LS, RA, LS/WL. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE/BE. 5. Adams Clip-on profile: LS, RA, LS/WL. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE/BE. 6. Decor-Metall Clip-on profile: LS, RA, LS/WL. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE/BE. 7. Alser shelving Clip-on profile: IMP, IMA, IML. Adhesive profile: HE. 8. Hansa-Kontor Clip-on profile: HAK. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE. 9 9. Mertens Clip-on profile: HAK, HAM. Adhesive profile: HE. 10. Kunal Clip-on profile: ANT, ANT/PE. Adhesive profile: DBR, HE. 11. Store-Concept Clip-on profile: ANT, ANT/PE. Adhesive profile: DBR, HE. 12. Refrigeration shelves Clip-on profile: IMP, IMA, IML. Adhesive profile: HE. 13. Glass shelving Clip-on profile: GLS, GLS/HA. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE. 14. Wooden shelving Clip-on profile: ANT, ANT/PE. Adhesive profile: DBR, NO, HE. 15. Wanzl-Siegel baskets Clip-on profile: KE, BE-KORB. 16. Wanzl, Siegel, Tego and Kind Clip-on profile: DBH + Clips, PE. 17. Wanzl-Siegel baskets Clip-on profile: BE-KORB, WE. 18. Wanzl-Siegel baskets Clip-on profile: KE, WE, BE-KORB. 19. Wire shelves Clip-on profile: KOLD, WWT, PE. 12 15 18 2 5 8 11 14 17

299

Shelf Edge Profile Range "FR" - production by a unique machine and tool concept at our site in France - innovative and novel bending process - produced from non-reflective or clear film materials directly from the roll - as a rule, the tried and tested PVC is used as material - for higher demands on the profile, materials such as PET or PLA are used - low tooling costs - high adaptability to all common label sizes - high production speed - each rail can be printed in full colour and / or with a placed advertising print - many other models available Shelf Edge Strips 299 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Shelf Edge Strip "ZD 40" - universal profile for sticking - different colours and label sizes can be produced Insert height: 39 mm; Version: pack of 100 pieces Colour: transparent; Length: 1330 mm 20.1461.3 Colour: transparent; Length: 1000 mm 20.1461.4 Colour: white; Length: 1330 mm 20.1461.5 Colour: white; Length: 1000 mm 20.1461.6 Shelf Edge Strip "NC 53" - for Hermes, Kider and Alser shelves - different colours and label sizes can be produced Insert height: 39 mm; Colour: transparent; Version: pack of 500 pieces Length: 100 mm 20.1471.1 Length: 60 mm 20.1471.2 Length: 65 mm 20.1471.12 Swinging Pocket "TB 01" - for pegwall hooks with max. 6 mm wire thickness - different colours and insert sizes can be produced Insert height: 40 mm; Colour: transparent; Number of cut outs: 1; Version: pack of 500 pieces Length: 60 mm 20.1487.1 Length: 65 mm 20.1487.2 Length: 70 mm 20.1487.3 Shelf Edge Strip "NI 98" - hinged - different colours and label sizes can be produced Colour: transparent Insert height: 210 mm; Length: 300 mm 20.1540.1 Insert height: 95 mm; Length: 180 mm 20.1540.2 Insert height: 90 mm; Length: 1330 mm 20.1540.4 Insert height: 60 mm; Length: 90 mm 20.1540.3

300

300 Shelf Edging - Accessories Holding Clip - for shelf edge strips "TE" and "LK Shelf Edge Strip Lever - enables easier insertion of price labels Material: POM; Colour: white; for Hole Diameter: 10.9 mm 20.0147.1 Colour: black 20.0148.1 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S tesa® Adhesive Remover 60042 - allows an easy removal of labels - removes adhesive residues on plastic parts, glass and metallic surfaces Industrial Cleaner tesa® 60040 - versatile spray for quick and easy cleaning of machine and plastic parts, glass and metallic surfaces - cleaned surfaces provide optimal bonding with adhesive tapes - additionally removes residues of grease, tar, resins and for scanner rails other contaminants - evaporates without leaving residues - leaves a pleasant smell - the spray also reaches deeper and hard-to-reach places Fill quantity: 200 ml 20.2321.1 - dissolves even stubborn dirt and evaporates without residues Fill quantity: 500 ml 20.1828.1 Profile Scissors with Lever Transmission - with 90° stops - suitable for right-angled cuts on various scanner rails and plastic profiles 20.2268.1

301

Shelf Edge Insert Strips Material: rigid film; Height: 26 mm; Roll length: 100 m Colour: blue similar to RAL 5005 20.0149.1 Colour: yellow similar to RAL 1018 20.0149.2 Colour: green similar to RAL 6018 20.0149.3 Colour: red similar to RAL 3020 20.0149.4 Colour: black similar to RAL 9004 20.0149.6 Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 20.0149.7 Colour: white similar to RAL 9003 20.0149.8 Colour: transparent 20.0149.9 Material: rigid film; Height: 39 mm; Roll length: 100 m Colour: blue similar to RAL 5005 20.0150.1 Colour: yellow similar to RAL 1018 20.0150.2 Colour: green similar to RAL 6018 20.0150.3 Colour: red similar to RAL 3020 20.0150.4 Colour: black similar to RAL 9004 20.0150.6 Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 20.0150.7 Colour: white similar to RAL 9003 20.0150.8 Colour: transparent 20.0150.9 Colour: silver grey similar to RAL 9006 20.0150.12 Shelf Edging - Accessories 301 renzel NATURE Digital Pricing Inserts - desired areas can be filled in easily and quickly with a black pencil - glued in blocks of 50 - suitable for common shelf edge strips Material: paper; Grammage [g/m²]: 150g/m²; Colour: white Dimensions: 75 x 27 mm (W x H) 12.0185.2 Dimensions: 110 x 40 mm (W x H) 12.0185.1 renzel NATURE 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Labels to Print Yourself - pre-perforated labels on A4 sheets - for self-labelling using standard printers - suitable for use with common shelf edge strips Material: paper; Grammage [g/m²]: 140g/m²; Colour: white; Size: A4; Self-adhesive: no; Version: perforated A4 sheets; Print / motif: plain; Application: for self-printing; Packaging: 100 sheets shrinkwrapped Label size: 105 x 39 mm; Number of labels: 14 pieces per sheet 12.0178.111 Label size: 105 x 26 mm; Number of labels: 22 pieces per sheet 12.0178.115 Label size: 25 x 42 mm; Number of labels: 56 pieces per sheet 12.0178.112 • Printed insert strips available on request. • Insert strips in wood effect are also available as cut blanks of up to 1400 mm. Other sizes, colours and weights available on request!

302

- For every area of application - For different label sizes - For all common manufacturers ESL Fixing Systems For every manufacturer, customisable and useable everywhere! Regardless of which digital price tags you use, we can provide you with the right fixings. We have a versatile range of fixings for electronic price tags from the leading ESL (Electronic Shelf Label) providers. Is your ESL provider not listed? Ask us about it! Thanks to our in-house production, we can react flexibly to your requirements. troniTAG Pricer Displaydata SES-imagotag hanshow ZKONG SoluM Advantages - fast response to constantly changing market situations - customisable - can be used everywhere - one rail for all label sizes - prototype construction - visualisation - many other attachments e.g. adapters, stands etc. Our range can be found at www.esl-fittings.com

303

Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1 ESL Profile Type 1 for troniTAG labels ESL Profile Type 1 "Universal" - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0155. ESL Profile Type 1 "Tego" - for Tegometall shelving - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0164. LED ESL Profile Type 1 "TLS1 LED" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - incl. insert for an LED rail 28.0341. ESL Profile Type 1 "Wanzl / Wire-Tech" - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves with two horizontal wires - without hinge 28.0175.

304

304 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 1 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge 28.0176. ESL Profile Type 1 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge 28.0177. ESL Profile Type 1 "Korb" without Viewing Angle - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers and frozen food cabinets - without hinge - for various label types 28.0178. More products can be found on our website www.esl-fittings.com. All profiles are available with a hinge function. Explanation: ESL profile type 1 suitable for: ESL profile type 2 suitable for: ESL profile type 3 suitable for: ESL profile type 4 suitable for: ESL profile type 5 suitable for: ESL profile type 6 & 8 suitable for: ESL profile type 7 suitable for: ESL profile type 9 suitable for: troniTAG battery labels various labels from Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox various labels from ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ various ses-imagotag G1 labels various labels from Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow various labels from SoluM Hanshow Nebular ZKONG Label Profiles are also available coloured and with hinge function on request!

305

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 305 ESL Profile Type 2 for Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 2 "Universal" - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0068. ESL Profile Type 2 "Universal" with PIN - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0671. ESL Profile Type 2 "Tego" - for Tegometall shelving - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0070. ESL Profile Type 2 "AL" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0368. ESL Profile Type 2 "AL" shifted - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - available in various colours 28.0540. ESL Profile Type 2 "Wanzl / Wire-Tech" - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves with two horizontal wires - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0074.

306

Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1 ESL Profile Type 2 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge - available in various colours - with 15° reading angle 28.0080. ESL Profile Type 2 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge - available in various colours - with 15° reading angle 28.0082. ESL Profile Type 2 "Korb" without Viewing Angle - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers and frozen food cabinets - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0084. ESL Profile Type 2 "RA" - for shelves with metal riser 1-2.5 mm thick - reading angle 20° - with paper insert - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0529.

307

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 307 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 2 "OKDN" - for Otto-Kind shelves (perforation possible) - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0455. ESL Profile Type 2 "HE" - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0305. ESL Profile Type 2 "SA/BE" - for adhering - without hinge - available in various colours - reading angle 30° 28.0306. Front Cover for Displaydata Rails - Set consists of: - continuous front rail - holder for insertion into Displaydata / SES rails - to protect the ESL label from impact - Height: 68 mm - colour: transparent 28.0530. Explanation: ESL profile type 1 suitable for: ESL profile type 2 suitable for: ESL profile type 3 suitable for: ESL profile type 4 suitable for: ESL profile type 5 suitable for: ESL profile type 6 & 8 suitable for: ESL profile type 7 suitable for: ESL profile type 9 suitable for: troniTAG battery labels various labels from Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox various labels from ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ various ses-imagotag G1 labels various labels from Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow various labels from SoluM Hanshow Nebular ZKONG Label Profiles are also available coloured and with hinge function on request!

308

308 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) ESL Profile Type 3 for ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 3 "Universal" - for adhering - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0159. ESL Profile Type 3 "Tego" - for Tegometal shelving - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0179. ESL Profile Type 3 "TLS" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0180. ESL Profile Type 3 "Wanzl / Wire-Tech" - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves with two horizontal wires - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0181. ESL Profile Type 3 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge - for various label types - colour: transparent 28.0183. ESL Profile Type 3 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge - for various label types - colour: transparent 28.0184.

309

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 309 ESL Profile Type 4 for ses-imagotag G1 ESL Profile Type 4 "Universal" - for adhering - without hinge 28.0046. ESL Profile Type 4 "Tego" - for Tegometal shelving - without hinge 28.0047. ESL Profile Type 4 "TLS" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge 28.0048. 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 4 "Wanzl / Wire-Tech" - for Wanzl and Wire-Tech wire shelves with two horizontal wires - without hinge 28.0049. ESL Profile Type 4 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge 28.0052. ESL Profile Type 4 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge 28.0053. ESL Profile Type 4 "Korb" without Viewing Angle - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers and frozen food cabinets - without hinge 28.0054.

310

ESL Profile Type 5 for Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow ESL Profile Type 5 "Universal" - for adhering - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0400. ESL Profile Type 5 "Tego" - for Tegometal shelving - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0402. ESL Profile Type 5 "AL" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0405. ESL Profile Type 5 "HY" - for La Fortezza, Hermes and Yudigar shelves - with hinge - colour: transparent 28.0401.

311

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 311 ESL Profile Type 5 "IML" - to slot into existing C-profiles made of metal or plastic - for Madix, Lozier, Alser, Linde and York shelves - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0403. ESL Profile Type 5 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0446. 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Profile Type 5 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0477. ESL Profile Type 5 "Korb" without Viewing Angle - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers and frozen food cabinets - without hinge - colour: transparent 28.0435. Explanation: ESL profile type 1 suitable for: ESL profile type 2 suitable for: ESL profile type 3 suitable for: ESL profile type 4 suitable for: ESL profile type 5 suitable for: ESL profile type 6 & 8 suitable for: ESL profile type 7 suitable for: ESL profile type 9 suitable for: troniTAG battery labels various labels from Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox various labels from ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ various ses-imagotag G1 labels various labels from Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow various labels from SoluM Hanshow Nebular ZKONG Label Profiles are also available coloured and with hinge function on request!

312

ESL Profile Types 6 & 8 for SoluM ESL Profile Type 8 "Universal" - for full graphic TAGs to be adhered - without hinge - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0550. ESL Profile Type 8 "Tego" - for full graphic TAGs - for Tegometal shelves - without hinge - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0535. ESL Profile Type 8 "Tego" double - for full graphic TAGs - for tegometal shelves - without hinge - for two labels above one another - colour: grey RAL 7024 28.0536. ESL Profile Type 6 "Universal" - for adhering - without hinge - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0505.

313

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 313 ESL Profile Type 6 "Tego" - for Segment TAGs - without hinge - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0497. Adapter Profile "LS" - for Linde, Storebest, Tego and Adams shelves - without hinge - compatible with 28.0497., 28.0535. and 28.0536. - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0501. 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Adapter Profile"Wanzl / Wire-Tech" - for attaching to wire shelves - without hinge - compatible with 28.0497., 28.0535. and 28.0536. - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0499. Adapter Profile "TE 30°" - for angle adjustment - for Tegometal shelving - compatible with 28.0497., 28.0535. and 28.0536. - without hinge - colour: grey RAL 7024 - material: PET 28.0500. Explanation: ESL profile type 1 suitable for: ESL profile type 2 suitable for: ESL profile type 3 suitable for: ESL profile type 4 suitable for: ESL profile type 5 suitable for: ESL profile type 6 & 8 suitable for: ESL profile type 7 suitable for: ESL profile type 9 suitable for: troniTAG battery labels various labels from Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox various labels from ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ various ses-imagotag G1 labels various labels from Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow various labels from SoluM Hanshow Nebular ZKONG Label Profiles are also available coloured and with hinge function on request!

314

ESL Profile Type 7 for Hanshow Nebular ESL Profile Type 7 "Universal" - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0672. ESL Profile Type 7 "Tego" - for Tegometall shelving - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0673. ESL Profile Type 9 for ZKONG Labels ESL Profile Type 9 "Universal" - to stick down - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0487. ESL Profile Type 9 "Tego" - for Tegometall shelving - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0566.

315

ESL Profile Type 9 "GLS" - for glass and wooden shelves with a thickness of 5-10 mm - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0488. ESL Profile Type 9 "ANT" - for wooden and metal shelves with a thickness of 18-22 mm - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0489. ESL Profile Type 9 "Korb" without bracket - for Wanzl, Siegel and other wire baskets, glass risers and frozen food cabinets - without hinge - available in different colours 28.0573. Explanation: ESL profile type 1 suitable for: ESL profile type 2 suitable for: ESL profile type 3 suitable for: ESL profile type 4 suitable for: ESL profile type 5 suitable for: ESL profile type 6 & 8 suitable for: ESL profile type 7 suitable for: ESL profile type 9 suitable for: troniTAG battery labels various labels from Displaydata, ses-imagotag G2 (Vusion), Findbox various labels from ses-imagotag G-Tag S and S-Tag+ various ses-imagotag G1 labels various labels from Pricer SmartTAG, Hanshow various labels from SoluM Hanshow Nebular ZKONG Label Profiles are also available coloured and with hinge function on request!

316

Pegwall Hook Adapter easy attachment easy slotting in of price cards Pegwall Hook Adapter for troniTAG Labels - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: ABS; Colour: white 28.0174.1

317

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 317 Pegwall Hook Adapter for Displaydata / Findbox Label - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.2 Pegwall Hook Adapter "Click" for various ESL - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.3 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Pegwall Adapter for SES Labels - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.4 Pegwall Hook Adapter for ses-Imagotag Vusion Label - for pegwall hooks with price holder above - for triangular rod - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.18 Pegwall Hook Adapter for ses-Imagotag Vusion Label - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.19 Hook Aadapter SoluM 2.9" - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.20

318

318 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) Hook Adapter „SoluM 2.9“ - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Material: PVC; Colour: transparent 28.0174.30 Hook Adapter SoluM 1.6" Landscape - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.21 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Hook Adapter „SoluM 2.9“ - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Colour: clear 28.0174.31 Pegboard Hook Adapter for Z Label - for pegwall hooks with top prize holder - adjustable angle Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent 28.0174.29 Pegwall Hook Adapter for Hanshow / Pricer - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent 28.0174.24 Pegwall Hook Adapter for Hanshow Nebular - for pegwall hooks with price holder above Material: polycarbonate; Colour: clear 28.0174.32

319

Clip-On Frame for troniTAG - available in several colours and sizes - can be made with customer specific print - to slot on at the front 28.0236. Also possible for all other label manufacturers. ESL Hanging Clip for ses Vusion - for 12 mm round tubes - colour: black Colour: black; Width: 10 mm; Height: 51 mm; Material: POM; Depth: 21 mm 28.0476.1 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 319 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Catalogue Special Page 08.0022.1

320

320 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S ESL Hanging Hook for ses vusion - compatible with ses vusion label - for clipping onto 7 mm wires Colour: grey similar to RAL 7016; Width: 46 mm; Height: 58.3 mm; Material: polycarbonate; Depth: 18.1 mm 28.0659.1 Holding Frame for SoluM 7.5" und 8.2" - perfect hold for your SoluM label - robust material for durability - can be used with a T-piece as a floorstanding display - mounting options with standard poster frame accessories, e.g. for ceiling suspension Colour: black; Material: polycarbonate; Depth: 30 mm Width: 182 mm; Height: 140 mm 28.0553.1 Width: 209mm; Height: 155 mm 28.0553.3 Dovetail Adapter troniTAG - for adaptation to troniTAG label 1.5"-2.9" - for use with accessories (p. 339) Colour: white 28.0241.1 Dovetail Adapter ses imagotag vusion - for use of accessories (p. 339) Colour: black; Material: POM; Width: 25 mm; Height: 39 mm; Depth: 11 mm 28.0254.5 Adapter Panel for Displaydata / Findbox - for adaptation to Displaydata 1.6" to 2.9", as well as all Findbox SmartESLs - for use with accessories (p. 339) Colour: black; Material: ABS 28.0186.5 Dovetail Adapter Hanshow / Pricer - for 1.5" - 2.9" label Colour: black; Material: POM 28.0260.3

321

Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) 321 Dovetail Adapter Hanshow Nebular - to adapt SoluM label for use with accessories - for using accessories (p. 339) Colour: transparent; Material: polycarbonate 28.0260.5 Dovetail Adapter Plate Displaydata Aura/ Chroma 42 - for adaptation to Displaydata Aura and Chroma 42 - for use with accessories (p. 339) Colour: black 28.0186.2 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Dovetail Adapter Plate Displaydata Chroma 60 - for adaptation to Displaydata Chroma 60 - for use with accessories (p. 339) Dovetail Adapter Plate for SoluM - to adapt SoluM label for use with accessories - triple for 2.2" Colour: black 28.0186.1 Colour: clear; Material: polycarbonate; Width: 50 mm; Height: 36 mm; Depth: 8 mm 28.0551.1 Showcase Display for SoluM Label - freestanding display case stand for SoluM labels - for various label types Colour: transparent; Width: 37 mm; Height: 48 mm; Material: PC; Depth: 41 mm 28.0521.1 ESL Floor Stand - available in different versions - available for various manufacturers and label sizes 28.0188. Further ESL accessories can be found on page 339 onwards

322

322 Fixings for Electronic Shelf Labelling (ESL) Fixing Solutions These and other fixing solutions for electronic price labels can be found on our website www.esl-fittings.com or in our catalogue "Fixings for Electronic Price Labels". 4 s g n i x i F L S E | s e l fi o r P e g d E f l e h S Beverage hanger made of acrylic Universal clamp e.g. for fruit and vegetable crates 2-part tension spring for shelves up to 50 mm thick ESL display made of acrylic Sign clip holder for material up to 10 mm thick Table display with metal base Other fixings for electronic price labelling can be found in section 5 - Price Displays on page 339 onwards. 1. Universal clamp incl. 2. "Fashion TAG" cover 3. Floorstanding display dovetail adapter with metal base 1 2 3

324

324 Poster Rails Poster Profiles - ideal for the hanging presentation of product information and for price labelling by e.g. posters, price boards, etc. - simple and quick installation thanks to our extensive range of accessories - suspension hooks, end caps and connectors allow the poster rails to be used in numerous POS areas - aluminium profiles are available from us in standard lengths and can be cut to your individually required dimensions 24.0019.1 24.0019.1 53.0019.5 53.0019.5 24.0012.1 24.0012.1 20.0240.1 20.0240.1 20.0162. 20.0162. 20.0161. 20.0161. 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P 50.0106.19 50.0106.19 20.0158. 20.0158. 53.0004.7 53.0004.7 12.0185.6 12.0185.6 Customise to suit your requirements! Whether round or angular shapes, with or without insert channel. We will be happy to advise you and find the optimum solution for your product presentation!

325

Poster Rails 325 Poster Rail - can be combined with the poster rail accessories in this chapter Rounded Poster Rail with Channel - can be combined with the poster rail accessories in this section Material: aluminium; length: 1000 mm, 2000 mm, 2500 mm or 3000 mm; Other lengths on request; Height: 19 mm 20.0158. Material: aluminium; Surface: anodised; Colour: silver; Diameter: 25 mm Length: 2000 mm 50.0120.1 Length: 2500 mm 50.0120.2 Length: 3000 mm 50.0120.3    Cut to size on request for 1+ pieces - please ask for a quote! 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Steel Cable - wire cable suspension suitable for poster rails 20.0158., 20.0159., End Caps for Poster Rail 50.0120. Material: plastic 20.0160., 50.0120., 50.0302. - length-adjustable wire cable (ø 1.2 mm) - one end fitted with Z-hook, other end fitted with cable holder, grub screw M4 and slot nut - wire cable length: 1000 mm 84.0066.1 Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 50.0106.19 Colour: black 50.0106.18 Other cable fixings can be found on page 427 onwards.

326

5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Poster Rail Material: aluminium; Length: 1000 mm, 2000 mm, 2500 mm or 3000 mm; other lengths on request; Height: 50 mm 20.0159. Poster Rail Accessories End Stopper for 75 mm Poster Rail Material: plastic; Colour: light grey 20.0174.1 End Stopper for 50 mm Poster Rail Material: plastic; Colour: black 20.0174.3 End Stopper for 19 mm Poster Rail Material: plastic; Colour: grey 20.0174.4 Connector 19 mm aluminium poster rail, Colour: grey 01.0041.5 1. Top left: 20.0174.1, top right: 01.0041.5, bottom left: 20.0174.4, bottom middle: 20.0174.3, bottom right: 01.0041.5. Perforated Rail - for hanging in poster rails with insert channel / groove - material: plastic - colour: clear 20.0161. 1. Example of use including accessories. 1 1

327

Poster Rail "Hook" - modern and innovative design with easy assembly - quick, manual change of price and information labelling without additional tools - inexpensive poster pockets are available in standard paper and special sizes as accessories Material: aluminium; Colour: silver anodised; Width: 18 mm; Height: 35 mm Length: 2000 mm 50.0302.17 Length: 2500 mm 50.0302.18 Length: 3000 mm 50.0302.19    Poster Pocket for Poster Rail "Hook" Material: rigid film; Colour: anti-reflective; Orientation: portrait; Number of folds: 2 Material thickness: 0.7 mm; Insert size: A3 26.0095.658 Material thickness: 0.4 mm; Insert size: A4 26.0095.582 Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Insert size: A5 26.0095.663 Material thickness: 0.5 mm; Insert size: 1/3 A4 26.0095.664 1. Pictured with poster rail and hanging eyelets. 1

328

328 Poster Rails End Cap for Poster Rail "Hook" Material: plastic; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 50.0111.21 Corner for Poster Rail "Hook“ Material: plastic; Colour: grey similar to RAL 7035 50.0133.27 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P 1 1 Poster Rail Accessories - can be combined with poster rail "Hook" and other poster rails from this section Hanging Eyelet for Poster Rail To retrofit to an aluminium rail; Material: plastic; Colour: transparent or grey 20.0162. Solid metal base with hanging eyelet M5; Material: metal; Material thickness: 2 mm; Inner diameter: 8 mm; Thread length: 10 mm Material: metal; Material thickness: 2 mm; Inner tube diameter: 8 mm; Thread length: 10 mm; Position of holes: central 20.0240.1 Metal Connector Connector "S", fitted with 2 M5 screws and a ring screw; Material: metal; Version: incl. eyelet screw 20.0244.1 Metal Connector Connector "Standard", fitted with 2 M5 screws; Material: metal; Version: without eyelet screw 20.0244.2 1. Top left: 20.0244.1, middle left: 20.0244.2, bottom left: 20.0241.1, centre: 20.0162, top right: 20.0240.1, bottom right: 20.0240.2. Poster Frame Clip for Poster Rail Showcard Frame Clip Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.35 "Profile Hooks" For poster pockets and posters, 90°; Screws in at 90° Material: plastic; Colour: crystal clear 20.0172.1 Hanging Hook For posters with holes; 20.0173.1 Hanging Hooks for Poster Rails Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.106 Hanging Hook Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.5 1. Top left: 53.0019.106, bottom middle: 53.0019.35, top right: 53.0019.5, bottom left: 20.0172.1, bottom right: 20.0173.1.

329

Poster Rails 329 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Track System "Spider Rail" - keder is inserted through the hollow banner seam into the aluminium profile - incl. accessories for ceiling suspension Rail material: aluminium; Rail colour: silver anodised; Number of rails: 2; Rail size: 17 x 44 mm (W x H); Endcaps: grey; Features: incl. plastic keder profile; Application: for 7-10 mm diameter keder Rail length: 500 mm; Hanger: 2 cable holders and 2x 1.5 m stainless steel cable 15.0225.1 Rail length: 1000 mm; Hanger: 2 cable holders and 2x 1.5 m stainless steel cable 15.0225.2 Rail length: 1200 mm; Hanger: 2 cable holders and 2x 1.5 m stainless steel cable 15.0225.3 Rail length: 1500 mm; Hanger: 2 cable holders and 2x 1.5 m stainless steel cable 15.0225.4 Rail length: 2000 mm; Hanger: 4 cable holders and 4x 1.5 m stainless steel cable  15.0225.5 Rail length: 2500 mm; Hanger: 4 cable holders and 4x 1.5 m stainless steel cable  15.0225.6 Keder Rail System "BIG" - keder is inserted through the hollow banner seam into the aluminium profile - incl. accessories for ceiling suspension Rail material: aluminium; Rail colour: silver anodised; Number of rails: 2; Rail size: 20 x 28 mm (W x H); Hanger: 2 eyebolts and 1 suspension set; Endcaps: grey; Features: incl. plastic keder profile; Application: for 7-16 mm diameter keder Rail length: 500 mm 15.0295.1 Rail length: 1000 mm 15.0295.2 Rail length: 1200 mm 15.0295.3 Rail length: 1500 mm 15.0295.4 Rail length: 2000 mm 15.0295.5 Rail length: 2500 mm 15.0295.6   A corresponding banner can be found on page 952 (14.0069.965).

330

330 Poster Rails 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Keder Rail System "Spider Wall" - keder is inserted through the hollow banner seam into the aluminium profile - incl. brackets for wall mounting Rail material: aluminium; Rail colour: silver anodised; Number of rails: 2; Rail size: 17 x 44 mm (W x H); Endcaps: grey; Application: for 7-10 mm diameter keder Rail length: 500 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0226.1 Rail length: 1000 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0226.2 Rail length: 1200 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0226.3 Rail length: 1500 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0226.4 Rail length: 2000 mm; Hanger: 6 wall brackets 15.0226.5 Rail length: 2500 mm; Hanger: 6 wall brackets 15.0226.6 Keder Banner System "Spider Wall II" - keder is inserted through the hollow banner seam into the aluminium profile in such a way that the rails are completely covered by the print - for banner presentation without visible frame - incl. brackets for wall mounting Rail material: aluminium; Rail colour: silver anodised; Number of rails: 2; Rail size: 17 x 44 mm (W x H); Endcaps: grey; Application: for 7-10 mm diameter keder Rail length: 500 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0227.1 Rail length: 1000 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0227.2 Rail length: 1200 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0227.3 Rail length: 1500 mm; Hanger: 4 wall brackets 15.0227.4 Rail length: 2000 mm; Hanger: 6 wall brackets 15.0227.5 Rail length: 2500 mm; Hanger: 6 wall brackets 15.0227.6   Parts and accessories for this system can be found at www.vkf-renzel.com

331

Poster and Banner Clamp Rails 331 Hanging Poster and Banner Clamp Rails in Aluminium - made of aluminium - easy handling and high quality look - can be used for hanging advertising media - from light posters to heavy banners, printed on one or both sides, we can supply a suitable clamp rail 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Clamp Strip "Poster-Snap II" - ideal for posters - consists of 2 clamp rails (1x top, 1x bottom as counterweight) - rubberised surface within the clamp rails to improve hold - with 2 grey, sliding plastic hangers on one rail - with black end caps - silver anodised aluminium - custom lengths up to 3000 mm for 1+ sets - RAL colours for 20+ sets - with adhesive / magnetic tape for 1+ sets Profile width: 25 mm Clamp length: 841 mm (A0 portrait / A1 landscape) 50.0095.8 Clamp length: 600 mm (A1 portrait / A2 landscape) 50.0095.1 Other sizes can be found in our online shop! 1. Special finish with double-sided adhesive or magnetic tape. 1

332

332 Poster and Banner Clamp Rails Accessories 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Hanging Set - Consisting of: - 2x steel wire, ø 1.5 mm; length 1500 mm; with loop on one side - 2x suspension hooks with knurled screw for stepless suspension Load capacity per set in total up to 5.0 kg 50.0041.1 Ideal for hanging protective screens and partitions. "MagFix II" Ceiling Hanger Cord thickness: 1.2 mm; Surface: nickel plated; Length: 1000 mm; Load capacity: 8 kg; Features: incl. hook; For suspended ceilings 80.0932.1 "MagFix II" - The Magnetic Suspension System - hanging advertising media becomes child's play - innovative way to present your advertising media - no additional mounting aids, such as a ladder, required - suitable for all ceilings with metal components (e.g. suspended ceilings) - magnetic rail available in white or transparent - advertising media are assembled using the hooks on the rail before the system is mounted - magnetic attachment of the complete system using the telescopic pole 50.0227.17 (available as an accessory) - delivery includes 6 hooks in 3 different lengths Length of magnetic rail: 300 mm; Hook length: 2x 39 mm, 2x 60 mm, 2x 150 mm; Features: incl. 2 holes ø 4.5 mm; hole spacing 250 mm; Finish: without PVC foam board Colour: white 50.0267.8 Colour: transparent 50.0267.9 Other finished online at www.vkf-renzel.com

333

Clipboards Clipboard "Magneto" - rough powder coated surface makes it resistant to scratches and dirt - suitable for demanding areas of application, e.g. outdoors - easy cleaning of the writing surface - 2 magnets built-in on the back and Euro perforation - fixing of the medium with a 110 mm wide aluminium clamping device Material: metal / aluminium / plastic; Colour: grey / silver; Insert size: A4 (210 x 297 mm); Orientation: portrait 50.0240.1 Metal Fixing for Clipboard "Magneto" - powder coated and metal strips on the reverse fitted with double-sided adhesive tape - to attach the Clipboard "Magneto" to non-metallic surfaces - no drilling required Material: metal; Colour: grey; Height: 35 mm Designed for: 2 Clipboards "Magneto"; Length: 470 mm 50.0241.1 Designed for: 3 Clipboards "Magneto"; Length: 700 mm 50.0241.2 1. Pictured with Clipboard Magneto 50.0240.1. Poster and Banner Clamp Rails 333 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P 1

334

334 Poster and Banner Clamp Rails Poster Clamp Rails in Plastic 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Poster Holder "Super-Grip" - for hanging up your large-area posters and billboards Poster Holder "Super-Grip" Accessories - hanging clip for hanging poster rails Colour: transparent or white 20.0163. Colour: transparent or white 20.0180. Poster Profile "Omega" - suitable for hanging posters Colour: transparent or white; Dimensions: 7 x 14 mm (W x H) 20.0171. Poster Profile "G 176" - suitable for hanging posters Colour: transparent or white; Dimensions: 6 x 16 mm (W x H) 20.0164. Poster Profile "G 215" - suitable for hanging posters Colour: transparent; Dimensions: 8 x 25 mm (W x H) 20.0166. Poster Profile "G 255" - suitable for hanging posters Colour: transparent or white; Dimensions: 8 x 13 mm (W x H) 20.0165.

335

Poster and Banner Clamp Rails 335 Poster Holder "ABH", top - corners rounded on one side - with 2 cut out hangers 20.0168. Poster Profile "ABH" Bottom - corners rounded on one side 20.0169. Other lengths available on request. 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Poster Profile "G 176" - with integrated perforated strip Cut-out dimensions: 6 x 6 mm (W x H); Colour: transparent 20.0167. Poster Rail "G176" Accessories - poster rail clip for hanging the "G 176" poster rail Colour: transparent 20.0180.4 Other lengths available on request. Display Profile "G 323" Colour: white; Size: 12 x 13 mm (W x H) 20.0170. Poster Holder "G323" Accessories - poster rail clamp for suspending the "G 323" display profile Material: Metal; Dimensions: 20 x 12 mm (W x H); Minimum order quantity: 100 pieces 20.0180.5

336

336 Display Profiles 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Display Profile "G 321" - suitable for inserting posters - fitted with adhesive tape Colour: transparent or white; Fill height: 1 mm 20.0176. Display Profile "SHK 16" - suitable for inserting posters - fitted with adhesive tape Colour: transparent or white; Fill height: 1.5 mm 20.0177. Display Profile "G 495" - suitable for inserting posters - fitted with adhesive tape Colour: transparent; Fill height: 1 mm 20.0178. Display Profile "G 478" - suitable for inserting posters - fitted with adhesive tape Colour: transparent or white; Fill height: 4 mm 20.0179.

337

Poster Display Rail "Vario" A4 - for suspension from the ceiling and wall mounting - for paper insert A4 portrait - concave design - can be fitted on both sides - available in one or more colours 20.0290. Poster Display Rail "Vario" A5 - for suspension from the ceiling and wall mounting - concave design - for paper insert A5 high - can be used on both sides - available in one or more colours 20.0273. 1. Appealing pricing can be achieved with the price rail "Vario". This concave pricing rail can be hung from the ceiling or attached to the wall. It can be manufactured in customised colours to suit your corporate image. Price Displays 337 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P 1 Poster Display Rail "Vario" Accessories - end cap - colour: light grey Poster Display Rail "Vario" Accessories - for hanging in poster rails with insert channel / groove 20.0161. Insert size: A4 20.0261.1 Insert size: A5 20.0261.2 Poster Display Rail "Vario" Accessories Connector for Price Rail "Vario" Material: plastic, Colour: light grey 20.0262. Hanging Hooks for Price Rail "Vario" Material: plastic, Colour: light grey 20.0263. Self-Tapping Screw For Price Rail "Vario" Connector with raised head M4,1 x 19 mm 01.0007.

338

338 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Poster Display Rail "Vario" Accessories Showcard Frame Clip Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.35 For poster pockets and posters, 90°; Screws in at 90°; Material: plastic; Colour: crystal clear 20.0172.1 For posters with holes 20.0173.1 Hanging Hooks for Poster Rails Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.106 Hanging Hook Material: polycarbonate; Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.5 Use hanging hooks "53.0019.5" for hanging the showcard frames. See Chapter 2 "Showcard Frame Accessories" for further details. 1. Top left: 53.0019.106, bottom middle: 53.0019.35, top right: 53.0019.5, bottom left: 20.0172.1, bottom right: 20.0173.1. 1 Deli Price Cassette - consisting of coloured back panel and transparent front panel to slide in - colour: white, black, red or green Material: plastic; Width: 80 mm; Height: 54 mm 53.0074. Material: plastic; Width: 110 mm; Height: 56 mm 53.0075. Please specify colour when ordering.

339

Price Displays 339 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Insert Frame "Click" - clear price cassette - optimal protection of the insert because only the insert side is open - can be used at both shelf and counter with "click" fixings Material: PC; Colour: transparent; Dimensions: 148 x 70 mm (W x H); Insert: on the long side 53.0052.12 Price Display "Click" - colour: red, blue, green, yellow, white, black or grey - silver, orange or transparent version on request Material: plastic; Format: A6; Orientation: landscape 53.0048. Material: plastic; Format: A7; Orientation: landscape 53.0049. Material: plastic; Format: A8; Orientation: landscape 53.0050. Material: plastic; Width: 210; Height: 74 mm 53.0054. Other colours can be found at www.vkf-renzel.com. Display Base for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - infinite adjustment of the tilt angle by means of a raster on the adapter - base diameter: 90 mm - height: 150 mm Material: stainless steel / plastic; Colour: silver / white 53.0056.3

340

340 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Pricing Stand 100 mm for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - consisting of: - base plate - support leg - adapter - 3-step swivel Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.10 Price Holder 200 mm for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.11 Pricing Stand - consisting of: - base plate - support leg - adapter Material: plastic; Colour: black Pricing Stand 50 mm for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL 53.0056.120 Pricing Stand 100 mm 53.0056.119 Countertop Base 130 mm for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - infinitely adjustable angle - height: 130 mm Material: plastic; Colour: transparent / white 53.0056.93

341

Price Displays 341 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Display / Distancer for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.15 Display with Hanging and Clamp Attachment for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp range: up to max. 10 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.54 Price Stand 100 mm with Card Holder 30 mm - suitable for holding signs with a material thickness of 0.4-1 mm Material: plastic Colour: transparent 53.0056.113 Colour: black 53.0056.114 Universal Clips for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - for attaching Click price and fruit cassettes as well as ESL to wooden or vegetable crates - clamp width up to max. 20 mm - with 50 mm connector and click attachment - height: 150 mm Material: POM; Colour: black / white 53.0056.48

342

342 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Deli Clamp - 30 mm clamp width - notches on clamp and adapter allow 3-step pivot - delivered unassembled Material: plastic; Colour: black Deli Clamp 50 mm 53.0056.122 Deli Clamp 100 mm 53.0056.123 Sign Clip Click Holder for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp width up to 10 mm - price cassettes as well as ESL adjustable in any position by ball joint Material: plastic; Colour: white / transparent 53.0056.21 Sign Clip Click Holder for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp width up to 30 mm - price cassettes adjustable on ball joint Material: plastic; Colour: white / transparent 53.0056.2 Crate Clamp for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - 2 parts - for attaching to boxes, baskets and cartons up to 20 mm thick Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.9

343

VKF Multi Clamp VKF Multi Clamp Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - serves for universal fixing e.g. on boxes and baskets - maximum clamp opening is approx. 25 mm - 2 positions - incl. "click attachment" for price cassettes and price displays Material: plastic / metal; Colour: black 53.0056.155 Holder, 2 parts for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp width up to max. 60 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white / transparent 53.0056.12 Coil Clip 1-part for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp width up to max. 60 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.13

344

344 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Shelf Holder for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp range: approx. 10-15 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.53 Holder for Shelves for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - clamp width approx. 10 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.24 Clip for Tegometal Shelves for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - price tag is displayed at an angle Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.18 Holder for upright Glass Panels for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.23 Hook Clip for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - for wire baskets, containers, etc. - suitable for wire up to ø 10 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.14

345

Price Displays 345 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Hanging Hook for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - for wire baskets, thin tubes etc. - clamping width from ø 20 mm Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.49 Hanging Hook for Poles up to max. ø 12 mm for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.7 Horizontal Magnetic Holder for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic / magnet; Colour: transparent 53.0056.27 Vertical Magnetic Holder for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: plastic / magnet; Colour: transparent 53.0056.26 Parallel Adapter - for connecting A3-A6 frames to fixing for price display "Click". Colour: transparent; Frame capacity: A3-A6 53.0019.42

346

346 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Double Pin for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - hinged Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.17 Metal Pin with Stainless Steel Needle for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL Material: Nirosta / Acrylic; Colour: white / chrome 53.0056.32 Price Spear for Price Display "Click" as well as ESL - total length: 160 mm - can be shortened to 110 mm Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.71 Card Holder - to hold signs with 0.3-1 mm material thickness (max. size approx. 100 x 80 mm (W x H)) - for combination e.g. with the double pin, metal pin or skewer Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.36 Card Holder 60 mm - for holding signs with 0.3-1 mm material thickness - width: approx. 60 mm - suitable for combination e.g. with the counter base Material: plastic; Colour: transparent 53.0056.77

347

Price Displays 347 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Adhesive Plate - for use with the click accessories - with double-sided foam adhesive tape Material: plastic; Colour: white 53.0056.60 Sign Gripper for "Click" Fixings - suitable for combination with several click accessories (e.g. vertical magnet or tension clip) Material: plastic; Colour: transparent; Model: sign gripper 25 mm for ca. 0.3-max. 2 mm material; Frame capacity: with click adaptor 53.0056.128 Price Marking Box "Piccola" - Content per cassette: - 36x digit 0, 9 - 15x digit 1 - 10x digit 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 - 18x digit 5 - 25x comma - 25x currency sign € - 25x start piece - 40x end piece Material: plastic; Surface: gloss; Logo width: 5 mm; Character height: 6 mm; Finish: flat; Content: 280 parts Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0679.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0679.2 Base colour: transparent; Lettering colour: black 12.0679.3

348

348 Price Displays 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Marking Box "Normale" - Content per cassette: - 48x digit 0, 9 - 24x digit 1, 5 - 16x digit 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 - 32x semicolon (dot and line) - 48x currency sign € - 40x starting piece - 40x end piece Material: plastic; Surface: matt; Logo width: 3 mm; Character height: 7 mm; Finish: Relief; Content: 400 parts Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0680.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0680.2 Base colour: red; Lettering colour: white 12.0680.3 Price Marking Box "Grande" - Content per cassette: - 48x digit 0, 9 - 24x digit 1, 5 - 16x digit 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 - 32x dot - 48x currency sign € - 40x start piece - 40x end piece Material: plastic; Surface: matt; Logo width: 5 mm; Character height: 10 mm; Finish: Relief; Content: 400 parts Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0681.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0681.2 Base colour: red; Lettering colour: white 12.0681.3

349

Price Displays 349 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Marking Box "Gigante" - Content per cassette: - 30x digit 0, 9 - 15x digit 1 - 10x digit 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 - 18x digit 5 - 20x comma - 20x currency sign € - 23x start piece - 36x end piece Material: plastic; Surface: gloss; Logo width: 10 mm; Character height: 15 mm; Finish: flat; Content: 252 parts Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0682.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0682.2 Base colour: transparent; Lettering colour: black 12.0682.3 Price Labelling Cassette "Mini" Height: 6 mm; Character height: 4 mm Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0151.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0151.3 Base colour: grey; Lettering colour: white 12.0151.4 Base colour: white; Lettering colour: black 12.0151.11 Price Labelling Cassette "Midi" Height: 8 mm; Character height: 6.3 mm Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0149.1 Base colour: white; Lettering colour: black 12.0149.2 Base colour: grey; Lettering colour: white 12.0149.3 Price Tag Cassette "Maxi" Height: 10 mm; Character height: 9.2 mm Base colour: black; Lettering colour: gold 12.0150.1 Base colour: black; Lettering colour: white 12.0150.2 Base colour: grey; Lettering colour: white 12.0150.3

350

350 Price Tags 1 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Digital Pricing Inserts - suitable for shelf edge strips - to be coloured in with black pen - printed on one side Material: plastic; Material thickness: 0.7 mm Dimensions: 295 x 125 mm (W x H) 12.0185.6 Dimensions: 208 x 92 mm (W x H) 12.0185.4 Dimensions: 148 x 72 mm (W x H) 12.0185.3 Corresponding poster frames can be found on page 104. For the digitial insert signs we recommend the following Edding pens: 12.0026.36 dry wipe and 12.0025.43 permanent (page 356). 1. Pictured with accessories. Pivot Pricer Material: plastic; Back panel colour: black; Colour of digit: white; Digit height: 30 mm; Total height: 37 mm; Version: foldable with module holder Total width: 62 mm; Number of digits: 3; Digit arrangement: 8.88 53.0468.6 Total width: 80 mm; Number of digits: 4; Digit arrangement: 88.88 53.0468.7 Total width: 80 mm; Number of digits: 3 + € symbol; Digit arrangement: €8.88 53.0468.8 Total width: 98 mm; Number of digits: 4 + € symbol; Digit arrangement: 88.88 53.0468.9

351

Price Tags 351 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P 1 Pivot Pricer Accessory Application: for Pivot Pricer Material: PP; Colour: milky transparent; Foot width: front: 30 mm; rear 75 mm; Foot depth: 55 mm; Height: extendable rod from 60 mm - 105 mm; Model: price display height adjustable 53.0484.1 Material: PC; Colour: black; Base diameter: 85 mm; Height: approx. 100 mm (rod only); Model: price display 100 53.0484.2 Material: PC; Colour: transparent; Foot width: 40 mm; Foot depth: 75 mm; Model: price display flat 53.0484.3 Material: PC; Colour: black; Clamp width: approx. 20 mm; Height: approx. 70 mm (clamp only); Model: clamp 53.0484.4 Material: PC; Colour: transparent; Height: approx. 148 mm; Model: Ice-Stick 53.0484.5 1. from left to right: 53.0484.5, 53.0484.4, 53.0484.3, 53.0484.2, 53.0484.1 Star-Shaped Sign - without print - material: PVC - colour: luminous red, luminous yellow or luminous green Material thickness: 0.3 mm Width: 70 mm; Height: 80 mm 12.0007.18 Width: 105 mm; Height: 140 mm 12.0007.19

352

352 Price Tags 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Display Window Poster Band - for attaching to the inside of the window pane - easy to adhere without bubbles - strong adhesion - can be removed without leaving any residue Material: white film, self-adhesive; Coverage: one-sided Shop Window Sticker XXL Sticky Label Colour: red / white; Print / motif: %; Width: 2500 mm; Height: 150 mm 12.0020.45 Colour: red / white; Print / motif: SALE; Width: 2500 mm; Height: 150 mm 12.0020.46 Shop Window Poster Band "%" Sticky Label Colour: red / white; Width: 990 mm; Height: 130 mm 12.0020.1 Shop Window Sticker "SALE" Sticky Label Colour: red / white; Width: 990 mm; Height: 340 mm 12.0020.8 Other lengths on request!

353

Price Tags 353 Window Sticker "%" - for mounting from the inside on the window pane Material: white film, self-adhesive; Colour: red / white; Width: 330 mm; Height: 330 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0020.21 Window Sticker "%" - for mounting from the inside on the window pane Material: white film, self-adhesive; Colour: red / white; Diameter: 480 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0021.1 Floor Sticker "%" Material: white film, self-adhesive; Colour: red / white; Width: 150 mm; Height: 380 mm 12.0020.25 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Advertising Sign "%" - suitable for insert frames Material: 350 g/m GD2; Colour: red / white; Size: A4; Coverage: one-sided 12.0016.2 Advertising Sign "%" - for self labelling - suitable for insert frames Material: 350 g/m GD2; Colour: red / white; Size: A4; Coverage: one-sided 12.0016.3 renzel NATURE Promotional Poster "%" - suitable for A1 displays and frames Material: paper; Colour: red / white; Dimensions: 584 x 832 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0018.2 Bunting "%" - consisting of 11 pointed pennants Material: PVC film; Colour: red / white; Length: 2000 mm; Height: 270 mm; Print / motif: %; Coverage: double-sided 12.0017.1 Matching frames can be found on page 104.

354

354 Price Tags 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Window Sticker XXL - for mounting from the inside on the window pane Material: white film, self-adhesive; Colour: red / white; Diameter: 320 mm; Coverage: one-sided Print / motif: 10 % 12.0021.8 Print / motif: 20% 12.0021.2 Print / motif: 30% 12.0021.3 Print / motif: 40% 12.0021.4 Print / motif: 50% 12.0021.5 Print / motif: 60% 12.0021.6 Print / motif: 70% 12.0021.7 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE Ceiling Hanger "%" - consists of 8 circles - diameter each 150 mm - simple and flexible attachment with cord Material: cardboard; Colour: red / white; Length: 2000 mm; Coverage: double-sided 12.0019.1 Window Poster Band "%" Sticky Label - suitable for mounting on the inside of the window pane Material: white film, self-adhesive; Colour: red / white; Width: 130 mm; Height: 990 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0020.17 Ceiling Hanger "%" Material: paper; Colour: red / white; Width: 480 mm; Height: 1380 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0022.5

355

Price Tags 355 renzel NATURE 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Ceiling Hanger "SALE" Material: paper; Colour: red / white; Width: 480 mm; Height: 1380 mm; Coverage: one-sided 12.0022.6 Ceiling Hanger "%" Material: rigid PVC; Colour: red / white; Width: 100 mm; Height: 680 mm; Coverage: double-sided 12.0022.10 renzel NATURE renzel NATURE Promotional Display "SALE" Material: cardboard; Width: 470 mm; Height: 1350 mm; Colour: red / white; Shape: ellipse; Coverage: double-sided 12.0339.3 Tabletop Display "SALE" - base with locking device Material: cardboard; Colour: red / white; Shape: triangle; Coverage: double-sided Size: A3 12.0340.3 Size: A4 12.0340.4

356

Securit Liquid Chalk Marker - suitable for all smooth surfaces - clearly visible, opaque colour - smudge-proof, lightfast and odourless - easy to wipe off with a damp cloth - colour: white, black, yellow, orange, red, blue, pink, violet or green Lettering width: 1-2 mm; Features: with round nib 12.0026.67 Lettering width: 2-6 mm; Features: with wedge 12.0026.88 Lettering width: 7 - 15 mm; Features: with wedge 12.0026.89 Securit Waterproof Liquid Chalk Marker - high quality, liquid, non-toxic chalk pen - suitable for smooth surfaces - does not smudge, does not fade - rainproof Features: with wedge; Finish: waterproof Lettering width: 2-6 mm 12.0025.62 Lettering width: 7 - 15 mm 12.0025.63 Easy to remove with spray cleaner (p. 560).

357

Labelling Systems 357 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Labelling Gun "Kendo" - 1 line - 6 digit - special characters in first position - for price, date, weight and quantity - suitable for standard labels 26 x 12 mm Casing colour: black; Print colour: black 12.0004.1 Price Labelling Gun "Judo - 2 lines - 10 digits above, 6 digits below - special characters in first position - for price, date, article number and weight - suitable for standard labels 26 x 16 mm Casing colour: red; Print colour: black 12.0004.2 renzel NATURE Labels for 1-Line Labelling Gun Width: 22 mm - self-adhesive - on roll - suitable for common labelling guns Height: 12 mm; Labels per roll: 1500 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.82 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.83 Colour: red; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.84 Colour: red; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.85 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.4 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.1 Colour: white; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.6 Colour: white; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.5 Labels for 2-Line Labelling Gun Width: 26 mm - self-adhesive - on roll - suitable for common labelling guns Height: 16 mm; Labels per roll: 1200 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.11 Colour: white; Adhesive: removeable; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.12 Colour: white; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 36 rolls 12.0005.13 Colour: white; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.14 Colour: fluorescent red; Adhesive: permanent; Content: 18 rolls 12.0005.15 Ink Roller for Price Labelling Gun Print colour: black 12.0006.10

358

5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Tag Holder - made of 0.25 mm soft film Price Tag Holder - made of 0.14 mm soft film Orientation: portrait; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 2 Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered Insert size: A3 26.0046.1 Insert size: A4 26.0046.2 Insert size: A5 26.0046.18 Insert size: A6 26.0046.16 Insert size: A7 26.0046.17 Insert size: A8 26.0046.20 Bespoke sizes can be made on request.

359

Shelf Barker Pockets 359 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Tag Holder - made of 0.14 mm soft film Insert size: 105 x 40 mm (W x H) top, A6 below; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 2; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.46 Price Tag Holder - made of 0.14 mm soft film Insert size: A6 top/ 105 x 40 mm bottom; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 2; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.33 Price Tag Holder - made of 0.25 mm soft film Insert size: A4 (2x); Orientation: portrait; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 2; Number of holes: 3 26.0046.4

360

360 Shelf Barker Pockets Price Tag Holder - made of 0.25 mm soft film Insert size: A3 / A4; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 2; Number of holes: 3 26.0046.3 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Tag Holder - made from 0.18 mm soft film Insert size: 105 x 57 mm top/ A6 centre /105 x 45 mm below; Orientation: portrait / landscape; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 3; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.23 Price Tag Holder - made from 0.18 mm soft film Insert size: 145 x 39 top / 145 x 78 centre /145 x 93 mm bottom; Orientation: landscape; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 3; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.37 Bespoke sizes can be made on request.

361

Shelf Barker Pockets 361 Price Tag Holder - made from 0.14 mm and 0.25 mm soft film Price Tag Holder - made of 0.14 mm soft film Material of upper film: flexible PVC; Thickness of upper film: 0.14mm; Material of lower film: flexible PVC; Thickness of lower film: 0.25mm; Insert size: 135 x 212 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.47 Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered Insert size: 120 x 230 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait 26.0046.31 Insert size: 100 x 210 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait 26.0046.13 Insert size: 100 x 100 mm 26.0046.26 Insert size: 70 x 120 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait 26.0046.34 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Price Tag Holder - made of 0.25 mm soft film Insert size: 105 x 58 mm (W x H); Orientation: landscape; Insert: on the side; Number of inserts: 10; Number of holes: 3 26.0046.15 Price Tag Holder - made from 0.25 mm soft film - tent-shaped top Insert size: 110 x 150 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.48 Printed price pockets also available.

363

Shelf Barker Pockets 363 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Pocket for Energy Labels on Lights - made of 0.14 mm soft film Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered landscape format Insert size: 105 x 50 mm (W x H) 26.0081.29 portrait format Insert size: 50 x 100 mm (W x H) 26.0081.25 Insert size: 36 x 75 mm (W x H) 26.0081.26 Pocket for Energy Labels on Vacuum Cleaners - made of 0.14 mm soft film Insert size: 78 x 152 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.165 Pocket for Energy Labels on Extraction Hoods - made of 0.14 mm soft film Insert size: 60 x 120 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1; Number of holes: 1, centered 26.0046.174

364

364 Shelf Barker Pockets 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Pockets for Energy Labels on Televisions - made of 0.14 mm soft film - incl. 1 adhesive pad Insert size: 60 x 120 mm (W x H); Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1 26.0028.23 Protective Pocket for Energy Labels on Washing Machines - made from soft film - incl. 4 adhesive pads Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1 Insert size: 118 x 257 mm (W x H) 26.0028.8 Insert size: 118 x 230 mm (W x H) 26.0028.22 Insert size: 96 x 192 mm (W x H) 26.0028.30 Protective Pocket for Energy Labels on Washing Machines and Refrigerators - made of 0.14 mm soft film - completely self-adhesive on the back Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1 Insert size: 118 x 257 mm (W x H) 26.0081.18 Insert size: 212 x 146 mm (W x H) 26.0081.19 Insert size: 100 x 192 mm (W x H) 26.0081.58

365

Protective Pocket for Energy Labels on Washing Machines and Refrigerators - made from soft film - incl. 2 magnetic strips Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1 Insert size: 118 x 257 mm (W x H) 26.0507.4 Insert size: 118 x 230 mm (W x H) 26.0507.5 Insert size: 96 x 192 mm (W x H) 26.0507.11 Shelf Barker Pockets 365 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Protective Cover with Side Opening - made of 0.25 mm soft film Number of inserts: 1; Insert: on the side portrait format Insert size: A3; Number of holes: 4 (2x top / 2x bottom) 26.0490.9 Insert size: A4; Number of holes: 4 (2x top / 2x bottom) 26.0490.5 Insert size: A5; Number of holes: 4 (2x top / 2x bottom) 26.0490.8 landscape format Insert size: A5; Number of holes: 4 (2x top / 2x bottom) 26.0490.7 Insert size: A6; Number of holes: 2 (1x top / 1x bottom) 26.0490.6 Price Pocket for Carpets - made from 0.25 mm soft film - for attachment to tape Number of inserts: 1 Portrait / Landscape Formats Insert size: A3; Insert: on the long side; Number of punchings: 4 26.0133.2 landscape format Insert size: A4; Insert: on short side; Number of cut outs: 2 26.0104.1 Insert size: A5; Insert: on the long side; Number of punchings: 4 26.0133.1 Bespoke sizes can be made on request.

366

366 Shelf Barker Pockets 5 s m e t s y S g n i l l e b a L e c i r P Vaccination Card Cover - reliable protection - dirt repellent Material of lower film: soft film; Thickness of lower film: 0.18mm; Insert size: 186 x 130 mm 26.0354.4 Vaccination Card Cover - made from 0.18 mm soft film - reliable protection - dirt resistant - with additional front pocket for health card or ID card Insert size: 93 x 130 mm; Outer size: 107 x 142 mm; Orientation: portrait; Insert: from top; Number of inserts: 1 26.0081.60 1. Incl. front pocket for health card. 1 Ball Chain, cut to length - minimum order quantity: 100 pieces Material: steel; Surface: nickel plated brass; Diameter of sphere: 2.5 mm; Version: fitted with closing clip Length: 130 mm 24.0249.46 Length: 150 mm 24.0249.10 Length: 230 mm 24.0249.47

Leaflet Dispensers and Brochure Holders

Poster Frames and Stands

Shelf Divider and Stock Pusher Systems

Shelf Edge Profiles | ESL Fixings

Price Labelling Systems

Shelf Barkers

Fixtures | Fittings

Pegwall

Product Display Stands

Marker Boards

Checkout Accessories

Surveillance Systems | Product Security

Tents | Parasols | Beachflags

Exhibition | Events

Gantry Systems for Event Technology

Showcases | Display Cases | Connectors

Barrier Posts and Cords

Name Badges

Guidance Systems | Safety

Illuminated Advertising | LED

Promotional Items

Promotional Clothing

Tools | Workstation Accessories

Electronic Sales Promotion | Digital Signage

Outdoor Signage | Digital Printing

Electronic Price Labelling with troniTAG